This is a copy of regalloc_code2_BRANCH from Netscape's private repository,

as it existed in January of 1998.


git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/regalloc_code2_BRANCH@22571 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43

mozilla/directory/perldap/CREDITS

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-This is a short list of people that have contributed to the success of
-this project.
-
-
-* Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
-
-	- Project lead.
-	- Wrote some of the API code,  and most of OO layers (Conn.pm,
-	  Entry.pm etc.)
-	- Unix portability test.
-	- Port to Windows/NT and ActivePerl.
-
-
-* Kevin McCarthy
-
-	- Bug fixes, tons of contribution, particularly to the API.xs file.
-
-
-* Michelle Hedstrom <mwyner@perldap.org>
-
-	- Testing, bug fixes, and documentation, as well as working on new
-          modules for PerLDAP v2.0.
-
-
-* Clayton Donley
-
-	  - Wrote some of the initial API code (API.xs and API.pm).
-
-
-* John Kristian
-
-	- Rewrote the entire LDIF module, great stuff!
-
-
-* Netscape Netcenter team (Kevin Burns, Max Block, Mark Takacs etc.)
-
-	- Tons of ideas and requests for features.
-	- Discovering bugs daily (great, thanks... ;-).
-
-
-* Bob Ferguson
-
-	- Primary guinea pig for all my NT builds.
-
-
-* Everyone else that I've forgot to mention:
-
-	- Thanks for testing and debugging this package!

mozilla/directory/perldap/ChangeLog

@@ -1,785 +0,0 @@
-2005-01-27  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (new): Fixed the nspr option to truly be an on/off flag,
-	if we need to support shared in the future, we can do so with another
-	option.
-
-	* typemap: Kludgy fix for "void *", used for the prldap options.
-
-	* API.xs: Made it work properly, the arguments were totally wrong.
-
-	* Conn.pm (new): Added support for the timeout (for NSPR enabled
-	connections only!).
-	(init): Honor this timeout option.
-	(setNSPRTimeout): Fix for sending down the timeout options.
-	(installNSPR): The "shared" argument wasn't properly passed down to the
-	API when used on an established connection.
-
-2005-01-05  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (init): Bad "my" declaration.
-
-2005-01-04  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
-
-	* LDIF.pm: Changed all calls to new to use the class method directly.
-
-	* Utils.pm: Changed all calls to new to use the class method directly.
-
-	* Entry.pm: Changed all calls to new to use the class method directly.
-
-	* Conn.pm: Changed all calls to new to use the class method directly.
-
-	* Makefile.PL: Fixes for missing NSPR libraries, even though the prldap
-	libraries are available...
-
-2004-12-28  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (new): Added the entryclass argument.
-	(newEntry): Honor the new entryclass setting.
-	(nextEntry): Ditto.
-	(delete): Changed to check if the provided entry is proper
-	Mozilla::LDAP::Entry (or subclass) type.
-	(add): Ditto.
-
-2004-11-02  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
-
-	* API.xs (internal_sortcmp_proc): Added support for Perl sort functions.
-	(ldap_multi_sort_entries): Ditto.
-	(ldap_sort_entries): Ditto.
-
-	* Conn.pm: Cleaned up NSPR code, fixed some bugs.
-	(search): Added support for sortattrs, using multisort.
-	(search): Fixed parsing of the attrs.
-	(setOption): Set an "arbitrary" option.
-	(getOption): Getter.
-	(setSizelimit): Set the sizelimit.
-	(getSizelimit): Getter.
-	(init): Added the callback, this has at least the potential of making
-	it possible to parse some server controls as returned by the
-	asyncronous bind.
-	(setOption): Added support for hash style arguments.
-
-2004-10-28  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
-
-	* Entry.pm (attrModified): Removed some dead code.
-
-	* Conn.pm (add): Fixed so we don't try to add attributes that have been
-	deleted (From Donaldo).
-
-2004-10-19  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (new): Add NSPR option.
-	(installNSPR): Try to fix the problem by rebinding if this is called.
-	(installNSPR): Now works as a class (static) method.
-
-2004-10-17  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (close): Removed $ret, it was always 1 anyways.
-
-	* Entry.pm (move): Added support for hash-style arguments.
-	(copy): Added support for hash-style arguments.
-	(removeValue): Added support for hash-style arguments, cleaned up some
-	local variable statements.
-	(removeDNValue): Added support for hash-style arguments.
-	(addValue): Added support for hash-style arguments.
-	(addDNValue): Added support for hash-style arguments
-	(getValues): Cleaned up arguments.
-	(hasValue): Added support for hash-style arguments.
-	(hasValue): Make sure to lower-case the attribute, this was a bug.
-	(hasDNValue): Support hash-style arguments.
-	(matchValue): Support hash-style arguments.
-	(matchDNValue): Support hash-style arguments.
-	(setDN): Support hash-style arguments.
-
-2004-10-15  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
-
-	* API.xs (prldap_set_session_option): New function to set the IO
-	timeout option when using NSPR I/O etc..
-
-	* API.pm: Fixed all indentation, added PRLDAP_OPT_IO_MAX_TIMEOUT and
-	prldap_get_session_option.
-
-	* constant.h (constant): Fixed indentation, and added
-	PRLDAP_OPT_IO_MAX_TIMEOUT.
-
-2004-10-14  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
-
-	* Entry.pm (isEntryModified): Added new method, which indicates that
-	something in the entry has been modified.
-
-	* Conn.pm (newEntry): You can now provide the DN as an argument.
-
-	* Entry.pm (unRemove): Fixed, old bug solved by Kevin...
-
-	* Conn.pm (newEntry): Simplified this to use the normal constructor.
-	(searchURL): Avoid the warnings...
-
-	* Entry.pm (DESTROY): Fixed core dump during destructor.
-
-	* Conn.pm (getErrorCode): Added support for hash-style args.
-	(browse): Added support for hash-style args.
-	(browse): The hash-style arguments now also supports attrsonly.
-	(compare): Added hash-style args.
-	(search): Got rid of the annoying warning finally, for undefined hash
-	value.
-
-	* API.xs (prldap_install_routines): New function, to modify an existing
-	LDAP * handle (ld) to use NSPR I/O, threading etc.
-
-	* API.pm: Added the NSPR section to symbols.
-
-	* Conn.pm (installNSPR): Added this function, to support NSPR.
-
-	* Makefile.PL: Added all the NSPR/NSS dependt libraries as well, for
-	better compiling results.
-
-	* Conn.pm (getVersion): Added this getter as well.
-
-	* Makefile.PL: Added LD_RUN_PATH stuff.
-
-2004-10-13  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (search): Fix for bug 4633, we can now return some
-	number of entries even if we hit SIZE/TIME-LIMIT.
-	(searchURL): Dito.
-	(getErrorCode): Dito.
-	(getErrorString): Dito.
-	(modifyRDN): Changed argument handling.
-	(search): Support hash style arguments now.
-	(searchURL): Support hash style arguments.
-
-	* Entry.pm (addDNValue): Added a "nocase" (optional) argument.
-	(addValue): Dito.
-
-	* Conn.pm (setVersion): New function, change the LDAP protocol version
-	on the connection.
-	(update): Performance optimization, faster check if the %mod structure
-	is empty or not.
-	(update): Fix for bug #77368, $conn->update() returns false if there
-	are no changes being made. Seems more reasonable to not consider that a
-	failure I think.
-	(update): Changed to use ldap_modify_ext_s().
-
-	* Utils.pm (ldapArgs): Added support for -V, and defaulting to LDAP v3
-	now.
-
-2003-06-24  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@perldap.org>
-
-	* Makefile.PL: Lots of changes to support modern C-SDK.
-
-2003-06-24  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@perldap.org>
-
-	* API.xs, typemap: Changed `na' to `PL_na'. This means we now
-	only support Perl 5.005 or later.
-
-2000-09-19  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@perldap.org>
-
-	* Conn.pm (update): Bug fix to allow us to delete() an attribute,
-	call update(), and then add new values (or the same values...) to
-	the entry again.
-
-2000-09-19  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@perldap.org>
-
-	* Entry.pm (DESTROY): Bug fix from daniel.hams@db.com (Daniel
-	Hams) to avoid warnings from Apache and mod_perl.
-
-2000-09-13  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@perldap.org>
-
-	* Utils.pm (askPassword): Oops, stupid typo here, should be
-	"unless $prompt" of course...
-
-2000-09-13  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@perldap.org>
-
-	* Entry.pm (isDeleted): Removed a test which made this function
-	not working at all... :)
-
-2000-09-13  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@perldap.org>
-
-	* Removed an if defined() to avoid warnings with Perl v5.6.
-
-2000-06-24  Wolfram Schmidt  <wschmidt@decefix.iao.fhg.de>
-
-	* Entry.pm (FIRSTKEY): Fix bug for deleting all attributes and calling
-	keys.
-
-2000-05-30  Kevin McCarthy  <kevin@perldap.org>
-
-	* Makefile.PL: Added fix so API.xs compiles under Perl 5.6
-	(POLLUTE=>1)
-
-2000-05-30  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@perldap.org>
-
-	* Lots of small fixes...
-
-1999-09-07  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@perldap.org>
-
-	* API.xs (avref2charptrptr): Fixed potential core dump, if the
-	argument passed wasn't a proper array.
-	(avref2berptrptr): Ditto.
-
-1999-09-06  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@perldap.org>
-
-	* Conn.pm (search): Removed $res and $resv, set the internal data
-	element directly.
-	(searchURL): Ditto.
-
-1999-08-25  John Kristian <kristian@netscape.com>
-
-	* Entry.pm (printLDIF): Bug fix.
-
-	* LDIF.pm: Cleaned out memory leaks.
-
-1999-08-24  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Merged v1.3.x into trunk, tagged it as v1.4, and released it!
-
-1999-08-19  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Changed internal version numbering again, just called this plain
-	v1.4.
-
-	* Entry.pm (FIRSTKEY): Bug fix, we'd crap out if there are no
-	attributes in the returned entry.
-	(NEXTKEY): Ditto.
-
-1999-08-18  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Set version number to v1.4! Woohoo! Also tagged it as v1.3.4,
-	last "development" release.
-
-1999-08-17  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Makefile.PL: Fixes for Windows/NT, cleaned out some code etc.
-	(MY::postamble): Support for "make html".
-
-	* MANIFEST: Updated with all new files etc.
-
-	* test.pl: Renamed to oldtest.pl, to avoid "make test" to fail.
-
-1999-08-16  Kevin McCarthy  <kmccarth@perldap.org> and Leif Hedstrom
-
-	* API.xs: Cleaned most all the memory allocation changes, we are
-	changing it to use the LDAP_OPT_MEMALLOC_FN_PTRS option in the
-	C-SDK instead (much cleaner!).
-	(perldap_init): New function, set up the memory management
-	handlers. This is called when the API module is loaded.
-	(perldap_malloc): New function, our memory management method(s).
-	(perldap_calloc): Ditto.
-	(perldap_realloc): Ditto.
-	(perldap_free): Ditto.
-
-1999-08-16  Kevin McCarthy  <kmccarth@perldap.org>
-
-	* API.xs: Cleaned up prototypes, changed strdup() to use a
-	Perl'ified version, change a number of free()'s to use Safefree.
-	(ldap_value_free_perl): New function, similar to
-	ldap_mods_free_perl(), to avoid memory problems (on NT and
-	ActivePerl primarily).
-	(StrDup): New function, to handle strdup() calls in a safe way.
-	(ber_bvfree_perl): Ditto.
-	(ber_bvecfree_perl): Ditto.
-
-1999-08-15  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* API.xs (ldap_mods_free_perl): Modified version of
-	ldap_mods_free(), which uses Perl native free method instead of
-	the things from the LDAP SDK. This fixes some nasty issues with
-	Windows/NT and ActiveState Perl. Woohoo!!!
-
-1999-08-14  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com> and Kevin McCarthy
-
-	* Entry.pm (setValues): Implemented bug fix for bug id 7131, where
-	the "_save_" structures weren't set properly when using setValues().
-
-1999-08-14  Kevin McCarthy  <kmccarth@perldap.org>
-
-	* Conn.pm (update): Rewrote to optimize add/remove vs replace
-	operations. Basically, we'll try to do whatever seems to be the
-	smallest amount of work for the LDAP server now.
-
-1999-08-13  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Makefile.PL: Cleaned up code, and added support for linking in
-	the missing libraries need for some missing symbols.
-
-1999-08-13  Michelle Wyner  <mwyner@netscape.com>
-
-	* Entry.pm: Updated documentation, and cleaned it up.
-
-	* Conn.pm: Ditto.
-
-1999-08-12  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Entry.pm (move): Changed name, was rename(), is now move().
-
-1999-08-10  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Entry.pm (setValues): Renamed, used to be setValue(), which is
-	now an alias to setValues().
-	(getValues): New method, to get the array of values.
-	(STORE): Fixed tests around DN handling, making sure it's not
-	treated as an array. I also optimized a couple of tests, since we
-	now filter out "DN" earlier in the funtion(s).
-	(attrModified): Ditto.
-	(attrClean): Ditto.
-	(unRemove): Ditto.
-	(removeValue): Ditto.
-	(addValue): Ditto.
-
-1999-08-08  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com> and Kevin McCarthy
-
-	* Entry.pm (setValue): Remove _delete_ flag, if set.
-
-	* Conn.pm (close): Fixed memory leak, moved code from the DESTROY
-	method over here.
-	(DESTROY): Call the close() method.
-	(getErrorCode): We now return LDAP_SUCCESS if there is no LDAP
-	connection handle.
-	(getErrorString): Ditto.
-
-	* Entry.pm (STORE): Bug fix for large attribute sets.
-	(attrModified): Ditto.
-	(removeValue): Ditto.
-	(addValue): Ditto.
-	(EXISTS): Fix for bug 4368, cleaning up the code, and avoid the
-	double calls.
-
-1999-08-06  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com> and Kevin McCarthy
-
-	* API.xs: Added some more tests around free() statements. These
-	are most likely never triggered, but better safe than sorrow (and
-	the overhead of testing this is insignificant).
-
-	* Conn.pm (browse): Added this function, to make it easy to browse
-	an entry.
-	(compare): Compare an attribute value against a DN/entry, without
-	having to do the search.
-
-	* Entry.pm (removeValue): Fixed loop bug.
-	(addValue): Ditto.
-	(hasValue): Ditto.
-	(matchValue): Fixed loop bug, and also missing normalization in
-	half of the case statement.
-	(rename): Added this new method, to rename attributes.
-	(copy): Added, to copy attributes.
-
-	* Merged v1.2.3 with v1.3 branch.
-
-1999-08-06  Kevin McCarthy  <kmccarth@perldap.org>
-
-	* Entry.pm (addDNValue): Bug fix, index for norm was wrong.
-
-	* Entry.pm (size): Optimzied for performance.
-
-1999-07-25  Kevin McCarthy  <kmccarth@perldap.org>
-
-        * API.xs: Fixed memory allocation problems in parsing and
-        generating the LDAPMods structure.
-
-1999-06-22  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-        * Conn.pm (add): Fixed bug 3342, thanks to Kevin McCarthy for
-        debugging this, and providing a patch. This fixes the problem with
-        adding new entries that has binary data.
-
-1999-03-23  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Changed versioning numbers for all .pm files.
-
-1999-03-22  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Entry.pm: Removed all _self_obj_ stuff...
-
-	* Conn.pm: Ditto.
-
-	* Conn.pm: Cleanup in use statements, and "use strict".
-	(search): Avoid warnings of uninitialized variables.
-	(searchURL): Ditto.
-	(modifyRDN): Bugfix, we did not update the appropriate DN in the
-	self object (very minor...).
-
-	* Entry.pm: Cleanup in use statements, and "use strict".
-	(BEGIN): Added this initializer, to use the new LDIF module.
-	(STORE): Fixed bug where we would not ignore the internal instance
-	variables properly.
-
-	* Utils.pm: Cleanup in all use statements, and "use strict". Also
-	enforces the VERSION control feature.
-
-	* Merged v1.2.1 to devel-branch-1_3, and tagged v1.3.1.
-
-1999-03-21  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Checked in v1.2.1(beta).
-
-1999-03-19  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (add): Fixed the code so that it will handle hash array,
-	as the documentation indicates. (Pointed out by Kevin Burns).
-	(add): Code cleanup in the add() method.
-
-1999-03-18  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Entry.pm: Changed back some of the "my" definitions, to make
-	sure arrays are properly reset.
-	(setValue): Added the _modified_ flag, from Stephen P. Schaefer
-	<stephen@networks.com>.
-	(addValue): Bug fix, when calling delete, and then
-	addValue(). From Stephen P. Schaefer as well.
-
-	* Conn.pm: Ditto. This fixes the bug where qsearch/printLDIF()
-	would print multiple values.
-
-1999-03-12  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm: Changed docs for modifyRDN(), it was wrong...
-
-1999-03-11  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Entry.pm (new): Added this method, so that "new ...::Entry" will
-	work as expected.
-
-1999-03-09  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Entry.pm: Tons of changes to handling the save/modified/deleted
-	attribute values.
-	(DESTROY): Added this destructor again, this time it does seem to
-	help quite a lot! Whoohoo...
-
-	* Conn.pm (update): Bug fix for bug #2530, keeping sort order for
-	attribute values.
-
-1999-03-08  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Entry.pm (unRemove): Bug fix, this was terribly horked, please
-	let's try it to make sure it works...
-
-	* Conn.pm (newEntry): Bug fix, forgot to give it the self_obj
-	member value... Sigh.
-
-1999-03-05  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Entry.pm (DELETE): We now handle the event that someone tries to
-	delete an internal attribute.
-
-	* Conn.pm (update): Bug: We forgot to test for existance of
-	"_save_" before trying to loop over it.
-
-	* Entry.pm (attrClean): Added this method, to make it easier to
-	reset the internal state of en Entry. This is used primarily by
-	the Conn.pm package.
-	(unRemove): Bug Fix: $selfl changed to $self...
-
-1999-02-28  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Entry.pm (matchValue): Added support for the normalization,
-	which should have been done before... Bug #2854.
-
-	* Conn.pm (printError): Changed to use ldap_err2string instead of
-	ldap_perror.
-
-	* Utils.pm (ldapArgs): Changed "root" to "base" in the LD
-	structure.
-	(userCredentials): Ditto.
-
-	* Conn.pm: Changed documentation to reflect the "base/root"
-	change.
-
-1999-01-06  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (nextEntry): Fixed (tried to fix...) the bug with
-	missing attributes. I hope this will work, at a minimum I'm sure
-	it won't hurt. The idea is to keep the case on the attribute type
-	when requesting the values_len().
-
-1999-01-11  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* API.xs: Added IF statements around all ldap_value_free() calls.
-
-1999-01-05  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (getRes): Ooops, didn't return the appropriate
-	value... :(
-	(init): Changed test for LDAP_SUCCESS, to always return 0 or 1.
-	(close): Ditto.
-	(delete): Ditto.
-	(add): Ditto.
-	(modifyRDN): Ditto.
-	(update): Ditto.
-	(simpleAuth): Ditto.
-
-	* Entry.pm (NEXTKEY): Don't return the last $key if it's one that
-	should be hidden.
-
-	* Conn.pm (newEntry): New method, to create an empty LDAP::Entry
-	object. It is properly "tied" into the appropriate object.
-
-1999-01-04  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Entry.pm (setDN): Added third optional argument, to enfoce DN
-	normalization.
-	(getDN): Ditto.
-	(hasDNValue): Ditto.
-	(matchDNValue): Ditto.
-
-	* Entry.pm (removeValue): Added support for DN normalization
-	(optional argument).
-	(addValue): Ditto
-	(getDN): Ditto.
-
-1998-12-31  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Entry.pm (DESTROY): Added this method, don't know if it actually
-	makes any sense at all... :(
-
-	* Conn.pm (add): Use _oc_order_ to find a list of attributes, to
-	avoide calling the TIEHASH methods.
-	(update): Ditto.
-	(ALL): Clean out some "my" definitions.
-
-	* Entry.pm (unRemove): New function, to undo remove opertaions on
-	an attribute.
-	(DELETE): Bug-fix, don't undef the attribute, it would prevent us
-	from updating it properly in the Conn::update() method.
-	(remove): Ditto.
-
-	* Conn.pm (nextEntry): Return $obj instead of blessing the %entry
-	(again).
-
-1998-12-25  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (POD): Changed examples from $conn -> $entry.
-
-1998-12-17  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (DESTROY): undef the Perl data after doing a
-	ldap_msgfree(), bug #1964.
-	(search): Ditto.
-	(searchURL): Ditto.
-	(nextEntry): Changed the order of setting numattr, to make sure
-	it's zero if we don't find anything.
-
-1998-12-16  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Entry.pm (FIRSTKEY): Modified to honor the oc_order.
-	(NEXTKEY): Ditto.
-	(markModified): Made as an alias for attrModified().
-
-	* Conn.pm (nextEntry): Added code to handle internal counters for
-	number of attributes in oc_order. This is used/needed for the
-	FIRSTKEY and NEXTKEY methods in the Entry/Tie::Hash object.
-
-	* Entry.pm (isAttr): New method, to make sure an attribute name
-	really is a valid LDAP attribute.
-	(FIRSTKEY): Now we'll handle each() and keys() properly, whooohoo!
-	(NEXTKEY): Ditto.
-
-1998-12-15  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Entry.pm (isDeleted): Added new method, almost identical to isModified().
-	(EXISTS): New method, to implement the EXISTS functionality.
-
-	* API.xs (RET_CPP): Test for NULL pointers, bug #1387.
-	(RET_BVPP): Ditto.
-
-	* Utils.pm (ldapArgs): Fixed bug where "-s 0" would not be honored
-	(I'm an idiot, OK?).
-
-1998-12-14  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (getRes): New method, to return the internal result message.
-	(getLD): Use defined() around test for existence.
-
-1998-12-11  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (new): Make sure binddn and bindpasswd are set to the
-	empty string unless specified.
-	(init): Make sure certdb is defined before trying to use it.
-	(setDefaultRebindProc): Added default auth method, unless
-	explicitly specified.
-
-	* Utils.pm (askPassword): Added support for Term::ReadKey.
-	(askPassword): Moved the eval "use ..." here.
-	(userCredentials): Removed verbose print statement.
-	(askPassword): Added an optional argument to print a prompt;
-
-	* Conn.pm (setDefaultRebindProc): Added a default "auth" value, if
-	not provided in the call.
-
-1998-12-04  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Makefile.PL: Modified so that "silent" install will actually
-	echo what options it's setting.
-	It will now croak() if the SDK dir specified doesn't exist.
-
-	* INSTALL: Updated to reflect new v1.1 stuff. Added links to the
-	FAQ.
-
-	* README: Ditto. Also changed some of the binary install
-	information, which might not be useful anyways...
-
-	* Makefile.PL: Added "filters" to remove .dll and .sl from shared
-	libraries when creating link options. I also replaced the code to
-	put the valid library extensions into a variable (bug #1344).
-
-	* Makefile.PL: Fixed some crap with the config parsing, and ENV
-	handling (for silent installs).
-
-1998-12-03  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (update): Bug fix, now we empty the hash array before
-	examining changed attributes (bug #1385).
-
-	* Makefile.PL: Added the "-nolinenumbers" XSUBS options (bug #1329).
-
-1998-09-26  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (init): Cleaned out _perror() calls.
-	(delete): Added support for calling delete() with an Entry::
-	object as paramter.
-	(new): Cleaned out some dead code for $ref.
-
-	* Entry.pm (setValue): New method, to avoid having to use Perl
-	assignment statements to set an entire attribute value.
-
-1998-09-18  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (init): Changed call to ldapssl_client_init() to pass a
-	0 value as the handle pointer. This avoids a Perl compiler warning.
-
-1998-09-12  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* LDIF.pm (readEntries): Changed tests for empty arguments, to use
-	defined().
-
-	* Utils.pm (ldapArgs): Bug fix, we used the wrong option for the
-	certificate (-P) when checking to set the LDAP port.
-	(normalizeDN): Chagned tests for empty arguments, to use use defined().
-
-	* Entry.pm (STORE): Changed tests for empty arguments, to use
-	defined().
-	(DELETE): Ditto.
-	(attrModified): Ditto.
-	(isModified): Ditto.
-	(remove): Ditto.
-	(removeValue): Ditto.
-	(addValue): Ditto.
-	(hasValue): Ditto.
-	(matchValue): Ditto.
-	(setDN): Ditto.
-	(size): Ditto.
-	(exists): Ditto.
-
-	* Conn.pm (printError): Changed test for $str to see if it's defined.
-	(delete): Cleaned up code around $dn.
-	(modifyRDN): Cleaned up testes around $dn and $del.
-
-1998-09-11  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (modifyRDN): We now preserve the case of the DN/RDN, but
-	still treat RDNs as CIS when comparing strings.
-
-1998-09-08  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (setDefaultRebindProc): Bug fix, it had the Ldapc:: crap
-	stil in there... :-(.
-	(simpleAuth): New method, to do simple authentication rebind.
-
-1998-09-07  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Makefile.PL: Changed all <> to <STDIN>, to support command line
-	arguments for MakeMaker.
-
-1998-09-03  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (nextEntry): Fixed bug with case sensitivity.
-
-1998-08-18  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (setDefaultRebindProc): It's back!
-	Officially released PerLDAP v1.0.
-
-1998-08-13  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Makefile.PL: Fixed so that automated installs works.
-
-	* Conn.pm (update): Fixed narly bug with ldap_modify()...
-
-	* All: Cleaned up some hash indexes, to make sure they are
-	properly quoted, and there are no conflicts to resolve.
-	
-	* Entry.pm (STORE): Fixed a bug with attribute names not being
-	properly added to _oc_order_.
-	(addValue): Ditto, added the same code as for STORE.
-
-1998-08-06  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Entry.pm (printLDIF): Copied/modified from the Utils.pm library.
-	(isModified): Added this function, thought it might be useful.
-
-1998-08-03  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (modifyRDN): Fixed! It also has an option to take an
-	"external" DN as an argument, if supplied.
-
-1998-08-02  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (getErrorCode): Now takes two optional arguments, to
-	return the match string, and extra error string. Note that these
-	two arguments are pointers to strings!
-
-	* API.xs(ldap_get_lderrno): Fixed this function, at least it seems
-	to work now...
-
-	* Conn.pm (getLD): Added this function, convenient way to get the
-	LD from the OO layer.
-
-1998-07-30  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Conn.pm (modifyRDN): New method, to rename the RDN of the entry.
-
-	* Utils.pm (answer): New function, from LdapUtils.pm.
-
-	* Conn.pm (delete): Fixed references to normalizeDN.
-
-	* Utils.pm (userCredentials): Added this function, to make it easy
-	to get credentials when binding as a user.
-	(normalizeDN): Fixed bugs, because of calling convention...
-
-	* Conn.pm (getError): Fixed bug with passing read-only argument.
-
-1998-07-29  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* Utils.pm (unixCrypt): Moved from my LdapUtils.pm module.
-	Added askPassword to the export tag.
-
-	* Conn.pm (new): Added support for passing a hash array of all the
-	parameters, as returned by the ldapArgs() function.
-
-	* Utils.pm (str2Scope): New function, for converting strings
-	(subtree) to a numerical scope value (2).
-	(askPassword): Ditto, ask for a password, interactively.
-	(ldapArgs): Ditto, handle common LDAP command line arguments.
-
-	* Makefile.PL: Minor change, to do regex match on OS version for
-	MSWin.
-
-	* Entry.pm: Changed all _XXX hash values to also end with a _,
-	hence making it easier to isolate them (/^_.*_$/).
-
-	* Conn.pm (nextEntry): Changed to accept that the attributes are
-	now arrays, not pointers to arrays. We still consider them as
-	pointers internally though, it's cleaner API.
-
-	* API.pm: Changed to use the native Exporter function to export
-	tags into EXPORT_OK.
-
-1998-07-22  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* LDIF.pm (readEntry): Moved from my LdapUtils.pm package.
-
-	* Utils.pm (printEntry): Moved from the ::Connection class, and
-	marked it as "obsolete".
-	(encodeBase64): Moved from my LdapUtils.pm package.
-	(decodeBase64): Ditto.
-

mozilla/directory/perldap/INSTALL

@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-PerLDAP installation instructions
-==================================
-
-Building this package is fairly straight forward, but requires some
-knowledge about using compilers and compiler tools on your system. If you
-are uncomfortable using these tools, we recommend you get one of the
-prebuilt binary distributions instead.
-
-
-Prerequisites
-=============
-
-In order to build the module, you'll need
-
-	- Perl, version 5.005 or later, although it's only been
-	tested and developed using 5.008.
-
-	- An ANSI-C compiler, e.g. gcc-2.x, or Visual C++ 5.0.
-
-	- The LDAP client libraries and include files, either from the
-	mozilla.org source, or precompiled packages from sun.com
-	(http://wwws.sun.com/software/download/app_dev.html#sdks)
-	See the README file for information on retrieving binaries.
-
-You can download (or CVS checkout) the Directory SDK source, see further
-information available on
-
-	http://www.mozilla.org/directory/
-
-RedHat also provide C-SDK builds, available at
-
-	ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/redhat/ldapsdk/
-
-For NSPR and NSS (SSL) support, you might also need to download those
-SDKs, for instance
-
-      ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/nspr/releases/v4.6.1/
-      ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/security/nss/releases/NSS_3_11_RTM/
-
-
-There's also a semi-obsoloete FAQ at
-
-	http://www.mozilla.org/directory/faq/perldap-faq.html
-
-
-
-Building
-========
-
-This package uses the normal Perl5 MakeMaker installation system. To
-generate a Makefile appropriate for your platform, run perl on the
-provided Makefile.PL script, e.g.
-
-	% perl Makefile.PL
-
-
-You might have to use the command `perl5' or `perl-5.004', depending on
-how you installed Perl-5. The script will now ask you a few questions to
-find the necessary library and include files. A typical configuration
-session is
-
-    computer (13:19) 1096/1 $ perl Makefile.PL
- 
-    PerLDAP - Perl 5 Module for LDAP
-    ================================
-    Directory containing 'include' and 'lib' directory of the Netscape
-    LDAP Software Developer Kit (default: /usr): /usr/local/ldapsdk5
-    Using LDAPv3 Developer Kit (default: yes)?
-    Include SSL Support (default: yes)?
-    Libraries to link with (default: -lldap50 -lssldap50 -lssl3):
-    Writing Makefile for Mozilla::LDAP::API
-
-The important question is where your LDAP SDK is installed, in the example
-above the base directory is /usr/local/ldapsdk5. This directory should have two
-subdirectories, named "lib" and "include". If you installed the SDK in the
-standard /usr hierarchy, use the default value as provided by the install
-script.
-
-Assuming you get no errors or warning, proceed with the build and install:
-
-	$ make
-	$ make install
-
-
-That should be it!
-
-
-Automated Configuration and Installs
-====================================
-
-The Makefile.PL script also honors a set of environment variables to make
-it possible to do configuration and installs non-interactively. The
-variables are
-
-        LDAPSDKDIR    - Full path to the C SDK base directory
-        LDAPSDKSSL    - Set to "N" to disable SSL (SSL is default)
-	LDAPPR        - Enable prldap_ functionality (off by default)
-
-
-With these variables set, you will not be asked any of the questions above
-(but it will echo the paramaters). Just run the Makefile.PL script, and
-finish the build, e.g.
-
-        $ perl5 Makefile.PL
-	$ make
-	$ make install
-
-RPM
-===
-
-The script Makefile.PL.rpm is used instead of Makefile.PL for building the RPM.
-See the spec file perl-Mozilla-LDAP.spec for more details.

mozilla/directory/perldap/MANIFEST

@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-ChangeLog
-API.pm
-API.xs
-MANIFEST
-Makefile.PL
-PerLDAP.ppd
-constant.h
-typemap
-Entry.pm
-Conn.pm
-LDIF.pm
-Utils.pm
-README
-INSTALL
-CREDITS
-RELEASE
-MPL-1.1.txt
-test_api/search.pl
-test_api/write.pl
-test_api/api.pl
-t/conn.pl
-t/entry.pl
-t/ChangeLog
-t/api.t
-t/conn.t
-t/entry.t
-t/ldif.t
-t/utils.t
-examples/ChangeLog
-examples/lfinger.pl
-examples/qsearch.pl
-examples/monitor.pl
-examples/ldappasswd.pl
-examples/rmentry.pl
-examples/tabdump.pl
-examples/modattr.pl
-examples/rename.pl
-examples/psoftsync.pl
-examples/changes2ldif.pl
-examples/rand_mods.pl
-META.yml                                 Module meta-data (added by MakeMaker)

mozilla/directory/perldap/META.yml

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-# http://module-build.sourceforge.net/META-spec.html
-#XXXXXXX This is a prototype!!!  It will change in the future!!! XXXXX#
-name:         PerLDAP
-version:      1.5
-version_from: API.pm
-installdirs:  site
-requires:
-
-distribution_type: module
-generated_by: ExtUtils::MakeMaker version 6.17

mozilla/directory/perldap/MPL-1.1.txt

@@ -1,567 +0,0 @@
-                          MOZILLA PUBLIC LICENSE
-                                Version 1.1
-
-                              ---------------
-
-1. Definitions.
-
-     1.0.1. "Commercial Use" means distribution or otherwise making the
-     Covered Code available to a third party.
-
-     1.1. "Contributor" means each entity that creates or contributes to
-     the creation of Modifications.
-
-     1.2. "Contributor Version" means the combination of the Original
-     Code, prior Modifications used by a Contributor, and the Modifications
-     made by that particular Contributor.
-
-     1.3. "Covered Code" means the Original Code or Modifications or the
-     combination of the Original Code and Modifications, in each case
-     including portions thereof.
-
-     1.4. "Electronic Distribution Mechanism" means a mechanism generally
-     accepted in the software development community for the electronic
-     transfer of data.
-
-     1.5. "Executable" means Covered Code in any form other than Source
-     Code.
-
-     1.6. "Initial Developer" means the individual or entity identified
-     as the Initial Developer in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit
-     A.
-
-     1.7. "Larger Work" means a work which combines Covered Code or
-     portions thereof with code not governed by the terms of this License.
-
-     1.8. "License" means this document.
-
-     1.8.1. "Licensable" means having the right to grant, to the maximum
-     extent possible, whether at the time of the initial grant or
-     subsequently acquired, any and all of the rights conveyed herein.
-
-     1.9. "Modifications" means any addition to or deletion from the
-     substance or structure of either the Original Code or any previous
-     Modifications. When Covered Code is released as a series of files, a
-     Modification is:
-          A. Any addition to or deletion from the contents of a file
-          containing Original Code or previous Modifications.
-
-          B. Any new file that contains any part of the Original Code or
-          previous Modifications.
-
-     1.10. "Original Code" means Source Code of computer software code
-     which is described in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A as
-     Original Code, and which, at the time of its release under this
-     License is not already Covered Code governed by this License.
-
-     1.10.1. "Patent Claims" means any patent claim(s), now owned or
-     hereafter acquired, including without limitation,  method, process,
-     and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by grantor.
-
-     1.11. "Source Code" means the preferred form of the Covered Code for
-     making modifications to it, including all modules it contains, plus
-     any associated interface definition files, scripts used to control
-     compilation and installation of an Executable, or source code
-     differential comparisons against either the Original Code or another
-     well known, available Covered Code of the Contributor's choice. The
-     Source Code can be in a compressed or archival form, provided the
-     appropriate decompression or de-archiving software is widely available
-     for no charge.
-
-     1.12. "You" (or "Your")  means an individual or a legal entity
-     exercising rights under, and complying with all of the terms of, this
-     License or a future version of this License issued under Section 6.1.
-     For legal entities, "You" includes any entity which controls, is
-     controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of
-     this definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct or indirect,
-     to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by
-     contract or otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent
-     (50%) of the outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such
-     entity.
-
-2. Source Code License.
-
-     2.1. The Initial Developer Grant.
-     The Initial Developer hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
-     non-exclusive license, subject to third party intellectual property
-     claims:
-          (a)  under intellectual property rights (other than patent or
-          trademark) Licensable by Initial Developer to use, reproduce,
-          modify, display, perform, sublicense and distribute the Original
-          Code (or portions thereof) with or without Modifications, and/or
-          as part of a Larger Work; and
-
-          (b) under Patents Claims infringed by the making, using or
-          selling of Original Code, to make, have made, use, practice,
-          sell, and offer for sale, and/or otherwise dispose of the
-          Original Code (or portions thereof).
-
-          (c) the licenses granted in this Section 2.1(a) and (b) are
-          effective on the date Initial Developer first distributes
-          Original Code under the terms of this License.
-
-          (d) Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is
-          granted: 1) for code that You delete from the Original Code; 2)
-          separate from the Original Code;  or 3) for infringements caused
-          by: i) the modification of the Original Code or ii) the
-          combination of the Original Code with other software or devices.
-
-     2.2. Contributor Grant.
-     Subject to third party intellectual property claims, each Contributor
-     hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, non-exclusive license
-
-          (a)  under intellectual property rights (other than patent or
-          trademark) Licensable by Contributor, to use, reproduce, modify,
-          display, perform, sublicense and distribute the Modifications
-          created by such Contributor (or portions thereof) either on an
-          unmodified basis, with other Modifications, as Covered Code
-          and/or as part of a Larger Work; and
-
-          (b) under Patent Claims infringed by the making, using, or
-          selling of  Modifications made by that Contributor either alone
-          and/or in combination with its Contributor Version (or portions
-          of such combination), to make, use, sell, offer for sale, have
-          made, and/or otherwise dispose of: 1) Modifications made by that
-          Contributor (or portions thereof); and 2) the combination of
-          Modifications made by that Contributor with its Contributor
-          Version (or portions of such combination).
-
-          (c) the licenses granted in Sections 2.2(a) and 2.2(b) are
-          effective on the date Contributor first makes Commercial Use of
-          the Covered Code.
-
-          (d)    Notwithstanding Section 2.2(b) above, no patent license is
-          granted: 1) for any code that Contributor has deleted from the
-          Contributor Version; 2)  separate from the Contributor Version;
-          3)  for infringements caused by: i) third party modifications of
-          Contributor Version or ii)  the combination of Modifications made
-          by that Contributor with other software  (except as part of the
-          Contributor Version) or other devices; or 4) under Patent Claims
-          infringed by Covered Code in the absence of Modifications made by
-          that Contributor.
-
-3. Distribution Obligations.
-
-     3.1. Application of License.
-     The Modifications which You create or to which You contribute are
-     governed by the terms of this License, including without limitation
-     Section 2.2. The Source Code version of Covered Code may be
-     distributed only under the terms of this License or a future version
-     of this License released under Section 6.1, and You must include a
-     copy of this License with every copy of the Source Code You
-     distribute. You may not offer or impose any terms on any Source Code
-     version that alters or restricts the applicable version of this
-     License or the recipients' rights hereunder. However, You may include
-     an additional document offering the additional rights described in
-     Section 3.5.
-
-     3.2. Availability of Source Code.
-     Any Modification which You create or to which You contribute must be
-     made available in Source Code form under the terms of this License
-     either on the same media as an Executable version or via an accepted
-     Electronic Distribution Mechanism to anyone to whom you made an
-     Executable version available; and if made available via Electronic
-     Distribution Mechanism, must remain available for at least twelve (12)
-     months after the date it initially became available, or at least six
-     (6) months after a subsequent version of that particular Modification
-     has been made available to such recipients. You are responsible for
-     ensuring that the Source Code version remains available even if the
-     Electronic Distribution Mechanism is maintained by a third party.
-
-     3.3. Description of Modifications.
-     You must cause all Covered Code to which You contribute to contain a
-     file documenting the changes You made to create that Covered Code and
-     the date of any change. You must include a prominent statement that
-     the Modification is derived, directly or indirectly, from Original
-     Code provided by the Initial Developer and including the name of the
-     Initial Developer in (a) the Source Code, and (b) in any notice in an
-     Executable version or related documentation in which You describe the
-     origin or ownership of the Covered Code.
-
-     3.4. Intellectual Property Matters
-          (a) Third Party Claims.
-          If Contributor has knowledge that a license under a third party's
-          intellectual property rights is required to exercise the rights
-          granted by such Contributor under Sections 2.1 or 2.2,
-          Contributor must include a text file with the Source Code
-          distribution titled "LEGAL" which describes the claim and the
-          party making the claim in sufficient detail that a recipient will
-          know whom to contact. If Contributor obtains such knowledge after
-          the Modification is made available as described in Section 3.2,
-          Contributor shall promptly modify the LEGAL file in all copies
-          Contributor makes available thereafter and shall take other steps
-          (such as notifying appropriate mailing lists or newsgroups)
-          reasonably calculated to inform those who received the Covered
-          Code that new knowledge has been obtained.
-
-          (b) Contributor APIs.
-          If Contributor's Modifications include an application programming
-          interface and Contributor has knowledge of patent licenses which
-          are reasonably necessary to implement that API, Contributor must
-          also include this information in the LEGAL file.
-
-               (c)    Representations.
-          Contributor represents that, except as disclosed pursuant to
-          Section 3.4(a) above, Contributor believes that Contributor's
-          Modifications are Contributor's original creation(s) and/or
-          Contributor has sufficient rights to grant the rights conveyed by
-          this License.
-
-     3.5. Required Notices.
-     You must duplicate the notice in Exhibit A in each file of the Source
-     Code.  If it is not possible to put such notice in a particular Source
-     Code file due to its structure, then You must include such notice in a
-     location (such as a relevant directory) where a user would be likely
-     to look for such a notice.  If You created one or more Modification(s)
-     You may add your name as a Contributor to the notice described in
-     Exhibit A.  You must also duplicate this License in any documentation
-     for the Source Code where You describe recipients' rights or ownership
-     rights relating to Covered Code.  You may choose to offer, and to
-     charge a fee for, warranty, support, indemnity or liability
-     obligations to one or more recipients of Covered Code. However, You
-     may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf of the Initial
-     Developer or any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear than
-     any such warranty, support, indemnity or liability obligation is
-     offered by You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify the Initial
-     Developer and every Contributor for any liability incurred by the
-     Initial Developer or such Contributor as a result of warranty,
-     support, indemnity or liability terms You offer.
-
-     3.6. Distribution of Executable Versions.
-     You may distribute Covered Code in Executable form only if the
-     requirements of Section 3.1-3.5 have been met for that Covered Code,
-     and if You include a notice stating that the Source Code version of
-     the Covered Code is available under the terms of this License,
-     including a description of how and where You have fulfilled the
-     obligations of Section 3.2. The notice must be conspicuously included
-     in any notice in an Executable version, related documentation or
-     collateral in which You describe recipients' rights relating to the
-     Covered Code. You may distribute the Executable version of Covered
-     Code or ownership rights under a license of Your choice, which may
-     contain terms different from this License, provided that You are in
-     compliance with the terms of this License and that the license for the
-     Executable version does not attempt to limit or alter the recipient's
-     rights in the Source Code version from the rights set forth in this
-     License. If You distribute the Executable version under a different
-     license You must make it absolutely clear that any terms which differ
-     from this License are offered by You alone, not by the Initial
-     Developer or any Contributor. You hereby agree to indemnify the
-     Initial Developer and every Contributor for any liability incurred by
-     the Initial Developer or such Contributor as a result of any such
-     terms You offer.
-
-     3.7. Larger Works.
-     You may create a Larger Work by combining Covered Code with other code
-     not governed by the terms of this License and distribute the Larger
-     Work as a single product. In such a case, You must make sure the
-     requirements of this License are fulfilled for the Covered Code.
-
-4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation.
-
-     If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this
-     License with respect to some or all of the Covered Code due to
-     statute, judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with
-     the terms of this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b)
-     describe the limitations and the code they affect. Such description
-     must be included in the LEGAL file described in Section 3.4 and must
-     be included with all distributions of the Source Code. Except to the
-     extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
-     sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
-     understand it.
-
-5. Application of this License.
-
-     This License applies to code to which the Initial Developer has
-     attached the notice in Exhibit A and to related Covered Code.
-
-6. Versions of the License.
-
-     6.1. New Versions.
-     Netscape Communications Corporation ("Netscape") may publish revised
-     and/or new versions of the License from time to time. Each version
-     will be given a distinguishing version number.
-
-     6.2. Effect of New Versions.
-     Once Covered Code has been published under a particular version of the
-     License, You may always continue to use it under the terms of that
-     version. You may also choose to use such Covered Code under the terms
-     of any subsequent version of the License published by Netscape. No one
-     other than Netscape has the right to modify the terms applicable to
-     Covered Code created under this License.
-
-     6.3. Derivative Works.
-     If You create or use a modified version of this License (which you may
-     only do in order to apply it to code which is not already Covered Code
-     governed by this License), You must (a) rename Your license so that
-     the phrases "Mozilla", "MOZILLAPL", "MOZPL", "Netscape",
-     "MPL", "NPL" or any confusingly similar phrase do not appear in your
-     license (except to note that your license differs from this License)
-     and (b) otherwise make it clear that Your version of the license
-     contains terms which differ from the Mozilla Public License and
-     Netscape Public License. (Filling in the name of the Initial
-     Developer, Original Code or Contributor in the notice described in
-     Exhibit A shall not of themselves be deemed to be modifications of
-     this License.)
-
-7. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY.
-
-     COVERED CODE IS PROVIDED UNDER THIS LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-     WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
-     WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE COVERED CODE IS FREE OF
-     DEFECTS, MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING.
-     THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE COVERED CODE
-     IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY COVERED CODE PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT,
-     YOU (NOT THE INITIAL DEVELOPER OR ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE
-     COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER
-     OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF
-     ANY COVERED CODE IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER.
-
-8. TERMINATION.
-
-     8.1.  This License and the rights granted hereunder will terminate
-     automatically if You fail to comply with terms herein and fail to cure
-     such breach within 30 days of becoming aware of the breach. All
-     sublicenses to the Covered Code which are properly granted shall
-     survive any termination of this License. Provisions which, by their
-     nature, must remain in effect beyond the termination of this License
-     shall survive.
-
-     8.2.  If You initiate litigation by asserting a patent infringement
-     claim (excluding declatory judgment actions) against Initial Developer
-     or a Contributor (the Initial Developer or Contributor against whom
-     You file such action is referred to as "Participant")  alleging that:
-
-     (a)  such Participant's Contributor Version directly or indirectly
-     infringes any patent, then any and all rights granted by such
-     Participant to You under Sections 2.1 and/or 2.2 of this License
-     shall, upon 60 days notice from Participant terminate prospectively,
-     unless if within 60 days after receipt of notice You either: (i)
-     agree in writing to pay Participant a mutually agreeable reasonable
-     royalty for Your past and future use of Modifications made by such
-     Participant, or (ii) withdraw Your litigation claim with respect to
-     the Contributor Version against such Participant.  If within 60 days
-     of notice, a reasonable royalty and payment arrangement are not
-     mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties or the litigation claim
-     is not withdrawn, the rights granted by Participant to You under
-     Sections 2.1 and/or 2.2 automatically terminate at the expiration of
-     the 60 day notice period specified above.
-
-     (b)  any software, hardware, or device, other than such Participant's
-     Contributor Version, directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then
-     any rights granted to You by such Participant under Sections 2.1(b)
-     and 2.2(b) are revoked effective as of the date You first made, used,
-     sold, distributed, or had made, Modifications made by that
-     Participant.
-
-     8.3.  If You assert a patent infringement claim against Participant
-     alleging that such Participant's Contributor Version directly or
-     indirectly infringes any patent where such claim is resolved (such as
-     by license or settlement) prior to the initiation of patent
-     infringement litigation, then the reasonable value of the licenses
-     granted by such Participant under Sections 2.1 or 2.2 shall be taken
-     into account in determining the amount or value of any payment or
-     license.
-
-     8.4.  In the event of termination under Sections 8.1 or 8.2 above,
-     all end user license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers)
-     which have been validly granted by You or any distributor hereunder
-     prior to termination shall survive termination.
-
-9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.
-
-     UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER TORT
-     (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL YOU, THE INITIAL
-     DEVELOPER, ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF COVERED CODE,
-     OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR
-     ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY
-     CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL,
-     WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER
-     COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN
-     INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THIS LIMITATION OF
-     LIABILITY SHALL NOT APPLY TO LIABILITY FOR DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY
-     RESULTING FROM SUCH PARTY'S NEGLIGENCE TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE LAW
-     PROHIBITS SUCH LIMITATION. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE
-     EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO
-     THIS EXCLUSION AND LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
-
-10. U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS.
-
-     The Covered Code is a "commercial item," as that term is defined in
-     48 C.F.R. 2.101 (Oct. 1995), consisting of "commercial computer
-     software" and "commercial computer software documentation," as such
-     terms are used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212 (Sept. 1995). Consistent with 48
-     C.F.R. 12.212 and 48 C.F.R. 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4 (June 1995),
-     all U.S. Government End Users acquire Covered Code with only those
-     rights set forth herein.
-
-11. MISCELLANEOUS.
-
-     This License represents the complete agreement concerning subject
-     matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be
-     unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent
-     necessary to make it enforceable. This License shall be governed by
-     California law provisions (except to the extent applicable law, if
-     any, provides otherwise), excluding its conflict-of-law provisions.
-     With respect to disputes in which at least one party is a citizen of,
-     or an entity chartered or registered to do business in the United
-     States of America, any litigation relating to this License shall be
-     subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal Courts of the Northern
-     District of California, with venue lying in Santa Clara County,
-     California, with the losing party responsible for costs, including
-     without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees and
-     expenses. The application of the United Nations Convention on
-     Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is expressly excluded.
-     Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract
-     shall be construed against the drafter shall not apply to this
-     License.
-
-12. RESPONSIBILITY FOR CLAIMS.
-
-     As between Initial Developer and the Contributors, each party is
-     responsible for claims and damages arising, directly or indirectly,
-     out of its utilization of rights under this License and You agree to
-     work with Initial Developer and Contributors to distribute such
-     responsibility on an equitable basis. Nothing herein is intended or
-     shall be deemed to constitute any admission of liability.
-
-13. MULTIPLE-LICENSED CODE.
-
-     Initial Developer may designate portions of the Covered Code as
-     "Multiple-Licensed".  "Multiple-Licensed" means that the Initial
-     Developer permits you to utilize portions of the Covered Code under
-     Your choice of the NPL or the alternative licenses, if any, specified
-     by the Initial Developer in the file described in Exhibit A.
-
-EXHIBIT A -Mozilla Public License.
-
-     ``The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
-     Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
-     compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-     http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-
-     Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
-     basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
-     License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
-     under the License.
-
-     The Original Code is ______________________________________.
-
-     The Initial Developer of the Original Code is ________________________.
-     Portions created by ______________________ are Copyright (C) ______
-     _______________________. All Rights Reserved.
-
-     Contributor(s): ______________________________________.
-
-     Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms
-     of the _____ license (the  "[___] License"), in which case the
-     provisions of [______] License are applicable instead of those
-     above.  If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-     under the terms of the [____] License and not to allow others to use
-     your version of this file under the MPL, indicate your decision by
-     deleting  the provisions above and replace  them with the notice and
-     other provisions required by the [___] License.  If you do not delete
-     the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file
-     under either the MPL or the [___] License."
-
-     [NOTE: The text of this Exhibit A may differ slightly from the text of
-     the notices in the Source Code files of the Original Code. You should
-     use the text of this Exhibit A rather than the text found in the
-     Original Code Source Code for Your Modifications.]
-
-     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-     AMENDMENTS
-
-     The Netscape Public License Version 1.1 ("NPL") consists of the
-     Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 with the following Amendments,
-     including Exhibit A-Netscape Public License.  Files identified with
-     "Exhibit A-Netscape Public License" are governed by the Netscape
-     Public License Version 1.1.
-
-     Additional Terms applicable to the Netscape Public License.
-          I. Effect.
-          These additional terms described in this Netscape Public
-          License -- Amendments shall apply to the Mozilla Communicator
-          client code and to all Covered Code under this License.
-
-          II. "Netscape's Branded Code" means Covered Code that Netscape
-          distributes and/or permits others to distribute under one or more
-          trademark(s) which are controlled by Netscape but which are not
-          licensed for use under this License.
-
-          III. Netscape and logo.
-          This License does not grant any rights to use the trademarks
-          "Netscape", the "Netscape N and horizon" logo or the "Netscape
-          lighthouse" logo, "Netcenter", "Gecko", "Java" or "JavaScript",
-          "Smart Browsing" even if such marks are included in the Original
-          Code or Modifications.
-
-          IV. Inability to Comply Due to Contractual Obligation.
-          Prior to licensing the Original Code under this License, Netscape
-          has licensed third party code for use in Netscape's Branded Code.
-          To the extent that Netscape is limited contractually from making
-          such third party code available under this License, Netscape may
-          choose to reintegrate such code into Covered Code without being
-          required to distribute such code in Source Code form, even if
-          such code would otherwise be considered "Modifications" under
-          this License.
-
-          V. Use of Modifications and Covered Code by Initial Developer.
-               V.1. In General.
-               The obligations of Section 3 apply to Netscape, except to
-               the extent specified in this Amendment, Section V.2 and V.3.
-
-               V.2. Other Products.
-               Netscape may include Covered Code in products other than the
-               Netscape's Branded Code which are released by Netscape
-               during the two (2) years following the release date of the
-               Original Code, without such additional products becoming
-               subject to the terms of this License, and may license such
-               additional products on different terms from those contained
-               in this License.
-
-               V.3. Alternative Licensing.
-               Netscape may license the Source Code of Netscape's Branded
-               Code, including Modifications incorporated therein, without
-               such Netscape Branded Code becoming subject to the terms of
-               this License, and may license such Netscape Branded Code on
-               different terms from those contained in this License.
-
-          VI. Litigation.
-          Notwithstanding the limitations of Section 11 above, the
-          provisions regarding litigation in Section 11(a), (b) and (c) of
-          the License shall apply to all disputes relating to this License.
-
-     EXHIBIT A-Netscape Public License.
-
-          "The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
-          License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-          except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-          the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
-
-          Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-          IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-          implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-          rights and limitations under the License.
-
-          The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
-          March 31, 1998.
-
-          The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
-          Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
-          Copyright (C) 1998-1999 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-          Rights Reserved.
-
-          Contributor(s): ______________________________________.
-
-          Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the
-          terms of the _____ license (the "[___] License"), in which case
-          the provisions of [______] License are applicable  instead of
-          those above.  If you wish to allow use of your version of this
-          file only under the terms of the [____] License and not to allow
-          others to use your version of this file under the NPL, indicate
-          your decision by deleting  the provisions above and replace  them
-          with the notice and other provisions required by the [___]
-          License.  If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient
-          may use your version of this file under either the NPL or the
-          [___] License."

mozilla/directory/perldap/Makefile.PL

@@ -1,451 +0,0 @@
-#############################################################################
-# $Id: Makefile.PL,v 1.16.2.16 2010-08-03 20:27:49 nkinder%redhat.com Exp $
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#   Clayton Donley
-#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# DESCRIPTION
-#    The Makefile "source".
-
-require 5.005;
-
-use ExtUtils::MakeMaker;
-use ExtUtils::Liblist;
-use Config;
-use Carp;
-
-$osname   = $Config{'osname'};
-if ($osname =~ /mswin/i)
-{
-   $dir_sep = "\\";
-} else {
-   $dir_sep = "/";
-}
-
-$ldapsdk_loc = $ENV{"LDAPSDKDIR"}; # Full Path to C SDK Top-Level
-$include_ldap = $ENV{"LDAPSDKINCDIR"}; # Full Path to C SDK Include file directory
-$lib_ldap = $ENV{"LDAPSDKLIBDIR"}; # Full Path to C SDK Library directory
-$ldapsdk_ssl = $ENV{"LDAPSDKSSL"}; # N to exclude SSL
-$ldapsdk_pr = $ENV{"LDAPPR"};      # Y to include prldap_ functions
-$nspr_loc = $ENV{"NSPRDIR"};       # Full Path to NSPR Top-Level
-$include_nspr = $ENV{"NSPRINCDIR"};       # Full Path to NSPR include dir
-$lib_nspr = $ENV{"NSPRLIBDIR"};       # Full Path to NSPR lib dir
-$nss_loc = $ENV{"NSSDIR"};       # Full Path to NSS Top-Level
-$lib_nss = $ENV{"NSSLIBDIR"};       # Full Path to NSS lib dir
-$use_openldap = $ENV{"USE_OPENLDAP"}; # Y to use OpenLDAP instead of MozLDAP
-
-$libexts = "so|sl|a|lib|dll|dylib";
-$default_root = "${dir_sep}usr";
-
-# every linux distribution has the OpenLDAP SDK in /usr/lib and /usr/include, so
-# we need to use a different default to avoid problems
-if (!$use_openldap) {
-   if ($osname eq "linux") {
-      $default_root = "/opt/mozldap";
-   }
-
-   # examine our build environment - see if we are being built as part of the overall
-   # mozilla build process - if so, we can default a lot of things based on that
-   # for example, if perldap was checked out in mozilla/directory/perldap, and
-   # nspr in mozilla/nsprpub, and nss in mozilla/security, and the ldap c sdk in
-   # mozilla/directory/c-sdk, and everything was built according to the usual
-   # build instructions, then we can just use ../../dist/public/ldap as our
-   # include file location and ../../dist/lib as our lib location
-   if ( !$include_ldap && -d '../../dist/public/ldap' ) {
-      $include_ldap = "..${dir_sep}..${dir_sep}dist${dir_sep}public${dir_sep}ldap";
-   }
-   if ( !$lib_ldap && -d '../../dist/lib' ) {
-      $lib_ldap = "..${dir_sep}..${dir_sep}dist${dir_sep}lib";
-   }
-
-   # find the path to NSPR
-   if (!$nspr_loc && !$include_nspr && !$lib_nspr && -d '../../dist') {
-      require File::Find;
-      $nspr_loc = findNSPR('../../dist');
-      $include_nspr = $nspr_loc . "/include";
-      $lib_nspr = $nspr_loc . "/lib";
-   }
-} else {
-   if ($osname eq "linux") {
-      $default_root = "/usr";
-   }
-}
-
-print "\nPerLDAP - Perl 5 Module for LDAP\n";
-print     "================================\n";
-
-$silent = 1;
-if ($use_openldap)
-{
-   print "Directory containing 'include' and 'lib' directory of the OpenLDAP\n";
-   print "LDAP client libraries (default: $default_root, Enter \"n\" to specify\n" .
-      "explicit include and lib directories): ";
-} else {
-   print "Directory containing 'include' and 'lib' directory of the Mozilla\n";
-   print "LDAP Software Developer Kit (default: $default_root, Enter \"n\" to\n" .
-      "specify explicit include and lib directories): ";
-}
-
-if (!$ldapsdk_loc)
-{
-   $silent = 0;
-   chomp ($ldapsdk_loc = <STDIN>);
-   $ldapsdk_loc = $default_root unless $ldapsdk_loc =~ /\S/;
-   if (! -d $ldapsdk_loc) {
-	   $ldapsdk_loc = undef;
-   }
-} else {
-  print "$ldapsdk_loc\n";
-}
-
-if (!$include_ldap && $ldapsdk_loc) {
-   $include_ldap = $ldapsdk_loc . $dir_sep . "include";
-}
-if (!$ldapsdk_loc) {
-   if ($use_openldap) {
-      print "Directory containing 'include' files of the OpenLDAP\n";
-      print "LDAP client libraries (default: $include_ldap): ";
-   } else {
-      print "Directory containing 'include' files of the Mozilla\n";
-      print "LDAP Software Developer Kit (default: $include_ldap): ";
-   }
-   if (! -f "$include_ldap${dir_sep}ldap.h") {
-      $silent = 0;
-	  chomp ($input = <STDIN>);
-	  $include_ldap = $input if $input =~ /\S/;
-	  croak("Missing required include file $include_ldap${dir_sep}ldap.h") unless -f "$include_ldap${dir_sep}ldap.h";
-  } else {
-	  print "$include_ldap\n";
-  }
-}
-
-if (!$lib_ldap && $ldapsdk_loc) {
-   $lib_ldap = $ldapsdk_loc . $dir_sep . "lib";
-}
-if (!$ldapsdk_loc) {
-   if ($use_openldap) {
-      print "Directory containing 'lib' files of the OpenLDAP\n";
-      print "LDAP client libraries (default: $lib_ldap): ";
-   } else {
-      print "Directory containing 'lib' files of the Mozilla\n";
-      print "LDAP Software Developer Kit (default: $lib_ldap): ";
-   }
-   if (! -d "$lib_ldap") {
-      $silent = 0;
-	  chomp ($input = <STDIN>);
-	  $lib_ldap = $input if $input =~ /\S/;
-	  croak("Missing required lib directory $lib_ldap") unless -d "$lib_ldap";
-  } else {
-	  print "$lib_ldap\n";
-  }
-}
-
-print "Include SSL Support (default: yes)?  ";
-if (!$ldapsdk_ssl)
-{
-   $silent = 0;
-   chomp ($ldapsdk_ssl = <STDIN>);
-} else {
-  print "$ldapsdk_ssl\n";
-}
-$ssl_def = "-DUSE_SSL" unless ($ldapsdk_ssl =~ /^n/i);
-
-if (!$use_openldap) {
-   # see if ldap and nspr files are in the same place
-   if ( -f "$include_ldap${dir_sep}nspr.h" ) {
-      $nspr_loc = $ldapsdk_loc;
-   }
-
-   print "Directory containing NSPR API 'include' and 'lib'\n";
-   print "directories for NSPR support (type 'n' or 'none' to omit) (default: $nspr_loc): ";
-   if (!$ENV{NSPRDIR} && !$ENV{NSPRINCDIR} && !$ENV{NSPRLIBDIR}) {
-      $silent = 0;
-      chomp ($input = <STDIN>);
-      if ($input =~ /^n/i) {
-         $nspr_loc = undef;
-      } elsif ($input =~ /\S/) {
-          $nspr_loc = $input;
-      }
-   } else {
-      print "$nspr_loc\n";
-   }
-
-   if ($nspr_loc) {
-      if (!$lib_nspr) {
-         $lib_nspr = $nspr_loc . ${dir_sep} . 'lib';
-      }
-      if (!$include_nspr) {
-         $include_nspr = $nspr_loc . ${dir_sep} . 'include';
-      }
-      croak("Missing required include file $include_nspr${dir_sep}nspr.h") unless -f "$include_nspr${dir_sep}nspr.h";
-      $pr_def = "-DPRLDAP"
-   }
-
-   print "Directory containing NSS API 'lib'\n";
-   print "directories for NSS support (type 'n' or 'none' to omit) (default: $nss_loc): ";
-   if (!$ENV{NSSDIR} && !$ENV{NSSLIBDIR}) {
-      $silent = 0;
-      chomp ($input = <STDIN>);
-      if ($input =~ /^n/i) {
-         $nss_loc = undef;
-      } elsif ($input =~ /\S/) {
-          $nss_loc = $input;
-      }
-   } else {
-      print "$nss_loc\n";
-   }
-
-   if ($nss_loc) {
-      if (!$lib_nss) {
-         $lib_nss = $nss_loc . ${dir_sep} . 'lib';
-      }
-   }
-}
-
-opendir(DIR,$lib_ldap);
-if (!$use_openldap && $ssl_def)
-{
-   @libfiles = grep{/ldap\d|ssl\d|nss\d|pl[cd]\d|nspr\d|ldappr\d/} readdir(DIR);
-} else {
-   @libfiles = grep{/ldap|lber/} readdir(DIR);
-}
-closedir(DIR);
-
-if (!$use_openldap) {
-   if ($lib_nspr && -d $lib_nspr) {
-      opendir(DIR,$lib_nspr);
-      push @libfiles, grep{/pl[cd]\d|nspr\d|ssl\d|nss\d/} readdir(DIR);
-      closedir(DIR);
-   }
-
-   if ($lib_nss && -d $lib_nss) {
-      opendir(DIR,$lib_nss);
-      push @libfiles, grep{/ssl\d|nss\d/} readdir(DIR);
-      closedir(DIR);
-   }
-}
-
-@libs = ();
-foreach $candidate (@libfiles) {
-   next if $candidate !~ /($libexts)$/;
-   $candidate =~ s/^lib//;
-   if ($osname !~ /mswin/i) {
-     $candidate =~ s/\.($libexts)$//;
-   }
-   push(@libs, $candidate) unless grep(/^$candidate$/, @libs);
-}
-
-if (!$use_openldap) {
-   if ($osname =~ /mswin/i) {
-      @ldaplib = grep{/^nsldap\d.*$/} @libs;
-      @prldaplib = grep{/^nsldappr.*$/} @libs;
-      @lberlib = grep{/^nslber.*$/} @libs;
-      @ldapslib = grep{/^nsldapssl.*$/} @libs if $ssl_def;
-   } else {
-      @ldaplib = grep{/^ldap\d.*$/} @libs;
-      @prldaplib = grep{/^prldap.*$/} @libs;
-      @lberlib = grep{/^lber.*$/} @libs;
-      @ldapslib = grep{/^ssldap.*$/} @libs if $ssl_def;
-   }
-
-   @ssllib = grep{/^ssl\d.*$/} @libs if $ssl_def;
-   @nsslib = grep{/^nss\d.*$/} @libs if $ssl_def;
-   @plclib = grep{/^plc\d.*$/} @libs if $ssl_def;
-   @pldslib = grep{/^plds\d.*$/} @libs if $ssl_def;
-   @nsprlib = grep{/^nspr\d.*$/} @libs;
-} else {
-   # We only need to link with libldap and lilber when using OpenLDAP.
-   @ldaplib = grep{/^ldap\.*$/} @libs;
-   @lberlib = grep{/^lber\.*$/} @libs;
-   # We don't really use PRLDAP when using OpenLDAP, but we want to provide
-   # stubs for the PRLDAP functions.
-   $openldap_def = "-DUSE_OPENLDAP -DPRLDAP";
-}
-
-
-if ($#ldaplib < 0)
-{
-   die "No LDAP libraries found.";
-}
-
-if ($use_openldap && ($#lberlib < 0))
-{
-   die "No LBER libraries found.";
-}
-
-if ($#ldaplib > 0)
-{
-   print "Located multiple libraries:\n";
-   foreach $alib (@ldaplib)
-   {
-      print " - $alib\n";
-   }
-}
-
-# construct linker libraries string
-$lline = "";
-
-# add libraries in order of dependencies
-$lline .= " -l$ldapslib[0]" if ($#ldapslib >= 0);
-
-#
-# Add "main" LDAP library to link line, and the NSPR version
-# as well (if available).
-#
-$lline .= " -l$prldaplib[0]" if ($#prldaplib >= 0);
-$lline .= " -l$ldaplib[0]";
-
-#
-# Add lber library if using OpenLDAP
-#
-if ($use_openldap)
-{
-   $lline .= " -l$lberlib[0]";
-}
-
-#
-# Add SSL libraries, if needed
-#
-$lline .= " -L$lib_nss" if ($lib_nss);
-$lline .= " -l$ssllib[0]" if ($#ssllib >= 0);
-$lline .= " -l$nsslib[0]" if ($#nsslib >= 0);
-
-# Add the NSS/NSPR libraries, if needed
-$lline .= " -L$lib_nspr" if ($lib_nspr);
-$lline .= " -l$plclib[0]" if ($#plclib >= 0);
-$lline .= " -l$pldslib[0]" if ($#pldslib >= 0);
-$lline .= " -l$nsprlib[0]" if ($#nsprlib >= 0);
-
-print "Libraries to link with (default: $lline):  ";
-if (!$silent)
-{
-   chomp ($lib_line = <STDIN>);
-   $lib_line = $lline unless $lib_line =~ /\S/;
-} else {
-  $lib_line = $lline;
-  print "\n";
-}
-
-$lib_line = "-L$lib_ldap $lib_line";
-
-# Include directories etc.
-$my_includes = "";
-$my_includes .= " -I$include_ldap" unless ($include_ldap eq "/usr/include");
-$my_includes .= " -I$include_nspr" if $pr_def;
-
-# Add system dependant stuff here...
-@extras = ();
-if ($osname =~ /mswin/i)
-{
-   $my_extlib = "$lib_ldap\\$ldaplib[0]";
-   $my_extlib .= " $lib_ldap\\$lberlib[0]" if $#lberlib >= 0;
-   push(@extras, 'dynamic_lib' => {
-     'OTHERLDFLAGS' => "kernel32.lib oldnames.lib" });
-} else {
-   $my_extlib = "";
-}
-
-if ($^O eq 'MSWin32' and $Config{archname} =~ /-object\b/i) {
-   push(@extras, CAPI => 'TRUE');
-}
-
-
-#
-# See if we need to add an LD_RUN_PATH. This seems to have changed
-# somewhere between Perl 5.8.0 and 5.8.5. So, on some systems this
-# will add an extra LD_RUN_PATH ...
-#
-@liblist = ExtUtils::Liblist->ext($lib_line);
-if ($liblist[3] ne "")
-{
-  use Config;
-  push(@extras,
-       'LD'	=> 'LD_RUN_PATH=$(LD_RUN_PATH)' . " $Config{ld}",
-       );
-}
-
-
-#
-# Ok, let's do it!
-#
-print "\n######### before WriteMakefile #############\n";
-WriteMakefile(
-              'ABSTRACT'	=> 'Perl methods for LDAP C API calls',
-              'AUTHOR'		=> 'Leif Hedstrom <leif@ogre.com>',
-	      'NAME'		=> 'Mozilla::LDAP::API',
-	      'DISTNAME'	=> 'PerLDAP',
-
-	      'VERSION_FROM'	=> 'API.pm',
-	      'INC'		=> $my_includes,
-	      'LIBS'		=> [$lib_line],
-	      'MYEXTLIB'	=> $my_extlib,
-	      'DEFINE'		=> "$ssl_def $pr_def $openldap_def",
-	      'XSOPT'		=> "-nolinenumbers",
-	      @extras
-);
-
-print "\n######### after WriteMakefile #############\n";
-
-#
-# Generate a "make HTML" target
-#
-sub MY::postamble
-{
-  '
-.SUFFIXES: .pm .html
-.PHONY: html
-
-.pm.html:
-	pod2html --netscape $< > $@
-
-html:	Entry.html Conn.html Utils.html API.html LDIF.html $(FIRST_MAKEFILE)
-	@rm -f pod2html-itemcache pod2html-dircache
-'
-}
-
-sub find_helper {
-   if (/nspr\.h/) {
-	   $nspr_loc = File::Basename::dirname($File::Find::dir);
-   }
-}
-
-sub findNSPR {
-   my $dir = shift;
-   File::Find::find(\&find_helper, $dir);
-   return $nspr_loc;
-}

mozilla/directory/perldap/Makefile.PL.rpm

@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-#############################################################################
-# $Id: Makefile.PL.rpm,v 1.1.2.3 2007-06-14 09:21:15 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#   Clayton Donley
-#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# DESCRIPTION
-#    The Makefile "source".
-#    This has been heavily modified to simply use pkg-config
-#    to get the components necessary to build.
-
-require 5.005;
-
-use ExtUtils::MakeMaker;
-use ExtUtils::Liblist;
-use Config;
-use Carp;
-
-# name of package to use for pkg-config
-$ldappkgname = $ENV{"LDAPPKGNAME"} || "mozldap6";
-
-print "\nPerLDAP - Perl 5 Module for LDAP\n";
-print     "================================\n";
-$cflags = `pkg-config --cflags $ldappkgname`;
-chomp($cflags);
-print "Using CFLAGS = $cflags\n";
-print     "================================\n";
-$libs = `pkg-config --libs $ldappkgname`;
-chomp($libs);
-print "Using LIBS = $libs\n";
-
-#
-# Ok, let's do it!
-#
-print "\n######### before WriteMakefile #############\n";
-WriteMakefile(
-              'ABSTRACT'	=> 'Perl methods for LDAP C API calls',
-              'AUTHOR'		=> 'Leif Hedstrom <leif@ogre.com>',
-	      'NAME'		=> 'Mozilla::LDAP::API',
-	      'DISTNAME'	=> 'PerLDAP',
-
-	      'VERSION_FROM'	=> 'API.pm',
-	      'INC'		=> $cflags,
-	      'LIBS'		=> [$libs],
-	      'MYEXTLIB'	=> $my_extlib,
-	      'DEFINE'		=> "-DUSE_SSL -DPRLDAP",
-	      'XSOPT'		=> "-nolinenumbers",
-	      @extras
-);
-
-print "\n######### after WriteMakefile #############\n";
-
-#
-# Generate a "make HTML" target
-#
-sub MY::postamble
-{
-  '
-.SUFFIXES: .pm .html
-.PHONY: html
-
-.pm.html:
-	pod2html --netscape $< > $@
-
-html:	Entry.html Conn.html Utils.html API.html LDIF.html $(FIRST_MAKEFILE)
-	@rm -f pod2html-itemcache pod2html-dircache
-'
-}

mozilla/directory/perldap/PerLDAP.ppd

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-<SOFTPKG NAME="PerLDAP" VERSION="1,5,0,0">
-    <TITLE>PerLDAP</TITLE>
-    <ABSTRACT>Perl methods for LDAP C API calls</ABSTRACT>
-    <AUTHOR>Leif Hedstrom &lt;leif@ogre.com&gt;</AUTHOR>
-    <IMPLEMENTATION>
-        <OS NAME="MSWin32" />
-        <ARCHITECTURE NAME="MSWin32-x86-multi-thread-5.8" />
-        <CODEBASE HREF="package.tar.gz" />
-    </IMPLEMENTATION>
-</SOFTPKG>

mozilla/directory/perldap/README

@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-#############################################################################
-#                                                                           #
-#            PerLDAP v1.5 - A Perl Developers' Kit for LDAP		    #
-#                                                                           #
-#############################################################################
-
-
-What is PerLDAP?
-================
-
-PerLDAP is a set of modules written in Perl and C that allow developers to
-leverage their existing Perl knowledge to easily access and manage LDAP-
-enabled directories.  PerLDAP makes it very easy to search, add, delete,
-and modify directory entries.  For example, Perl developers can easily
-build web applications to access information stored in a directory or
-create directory sync tools between directories and other services.
-
-PerLDAP is an open source development project, the result of a joint effort
-between Netscape, Leif Hedstrom, Clayton Donley and several other
-contributors. PerLDAP currently provides the basic functions to allow Perl
-users to access and manipulate directories easily.
-
-
-
-Compiling the PerLDAP Sources
-=============================
-
-The source to PerLDAP is available on the Mozilla site at:
-
-  http://www.mozilla.org/directory/
-
-You can either retrieve the .tar/zip file with the source distribution, or
-use CVS to checkout the module directly. The name of the CVS module is
-PerLDAP, and it checks out the directory
-
-  mozilla/directory/perldap
-
-Further instructions for using CVS and Mozilla is available at
-
-  http://www.mozilla.org/cvs.html
-
-and an FAQ for PerLDAP is at
-
-  http://www.mozilla.org/directory/faq/perldap-faq.html
-
-
-Instructions for building the source can be found in the INSTALL file
-in the source distribution. The latest stable release of PerLDAP is
-v1.5, not further development is planned at this time due to lack of time
-and resources.
-
-
-Getting Started
-===============
-
-Documentation for this module is in standard Perl 'pod' format.  HTML
-versions of this documentation can also be found on the Netscape DevEdge
-site at:  http://developer.netscape.com/tech/directory/.
-
-Additionally, many good examples can be found in the 'examples' directory.
-
-
-Modules and Examples Included
-=============================
-
-Mozilla::LDAP::API - Low level interface between Perl and the LDAP C API
-Mozilla::LDAP::Entry - Perl methods for manipulating entry objects
-Mozilla::LDAP::Conn - Perl methods for performing LDAP operations
-Mozilla::LDAP::LDIF - Perl methods for utilizing LDIF
-Mozilla::LDAP::Utils - Some convenient LDAP related utilities
-test_api/search.pl - Tests low level API search calls
-test_api/write.pl  - Tests low level API write calls
-test_api/api.pl - Tests ALL low level LDAPv2 calls
-examples/lfinger.pl - LDAP version of the regular Unix finger command.
-examples/qsearch.pl - Simple ldapsearch replacement.
-examples/monitor.pl - Retrieve status information from an LDAP server.
-examples/ldappasswd.pl - Change the LDAP password for a user.
-examples/rmentry.pl - Remove an entire entry from the database.
-examples/rename.pl - Rename (modRDN) an entry.
-examples/tabdump.pl - Dump LDAP information into a tab separated file.
-examples/psoftsync.pl - Synchronize LDAP with a PeopleSoft "dump" file.
-
-
-All examples support the "standard" LDAP command line options, which are
-
-        -h hostname     LDAP server name
-        -p port #       LDAP port, default is 389 (or 636 for SSL)
-        -b base DN      LDAP Base-DN
-        -D bind DN      LDAP bind DN (connect to server as this "user")
-        -w bind pswd    Password to bind to the server
-        -P certfile     Use SSL, with the publick keys from this file
-
-
-Note that the examples currently only support Simple Authentication
-(passwords), the Client Authentication features (using certificates) will
-be used in the next release. All examples also honors the environment
-variable LDAP_BASEDN, set it to your systems base DN, e.g.
-
-        % setenv LDAP_BASEDN 'dc=netscape,dc=com'
-
-or for Bourne shell
-
-        # LDAP_BASEDN='dc=netscape,dc=com'; export LDAP_BASEDN
-
-
-Reporting problems and bugs
-===========================
-
-Address all bug reports and comments to the Mozilla newsgroups at:
-
-   news://news.mozilla.org/netscape.public.mozilla.directory
-
-
-License/Copyright
-=================
-
-Portions by Netscape (c) Copyright 1998 Netscape Communications Corp, Inc.
-Portions by Leif Hedstrom (c) Copyright 2003 Leif Hedstrom
-Portions by Clayton Donley (c) Copyright 1998 Clayton Donley
-
-This code is available under the mozilla.org tri-license.
-See http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/ .
-
-Known Bugs
-==========
-
- - The Rebind operation on NT does NOT work properly when set to a Perl
-   function.  This is being investigated.

mozilla/directory/perldap/RELEASE

@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-#############################################################################
-#                                                                           #
-#                        PerLDAP Release Notes		                    #
-#                                                                           #
-#############################################################################
-
-VERSION 1.5.3 - Aug 2010
-========================
-This is an update release with the following goals:
-
-   - Allow PerLDAP to use the OpenLDAP client libraries behind the
-     scenes.
-   - Avoid using deprecated functions in the underlying LDAP client
-     library.
-
-VERSION 1.5.2 - Jul 2007
-========================
-
-Fixes https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=389731
-PerLDAP crashes when a bad URL is passed
-
-VERSION 1.5.1 - May 2007
-========================
-This version is the officially tri-licensed version.  All code
-is licensed under the MPL/GPL/LGPL tri-license, as all of the
-other Mozilla components.  All code was either granted permission
-by the copyright holder, or was rewritten in a clean-room
-implementation.
-
-VERSION 1.5 - Feb 2006
-======================
-
-This is an update release, with a few goals:
-
-   - Support for latest Mozilla and Sun C-SDK (v5.x)
-   - Now defaults to LDAP v3 protocol, but you can downgrade to v2 easily
-   - Fully support Perl 5.005 and later
-   - Added "hash" style prototypes to all class methods that takes more
-     than one argument
-
-Many, many thanks to Rich Megginson for taking charge of the (broken) build
-and configuration process.
-
-
-New functionality
------------------
-
-Conn.pm:
-	* setVersion() - Set the LDAP protocol version
-	* getVersion() - Get the current LDAP protocol in use
-	* installNSPR() - Make the connection use NSPR I/O etc.
-	* setNSPRTimeout() - Set the connection timeout, in ms
-
-API.xs:
-	* Added support for prldap_install_routines().
-
-
-
-VERSION 1.4 - AUGUST 18, 1999
-=============================
-
-This is primarily a bug fix release, however there are 5 new methods
-introduced as well.  Brief descriptions follow in this document.  To get
-full examples and a larger summary, see the PerLDAP Programmer's Guide.
-
-
-New Methods Added
------------------
-
-Entry.pm:
-	* getValues() - returns the array of values.
-	* move() - move one attribute to another, and delete the original.
-	* copy() - copy one attribute to another.
-	
-Conn.pm:
-	* browse() - makes it easy to browse an entry.
-	* compare() - compare an attribute value against a DN/entry
-		    without having to do the search.	
-
-
-Bug Fixes and other changes
----------------------------
-
-Entry.pm:
-	* addDNValue() - fixed wrong index for norm.
-	* matchValue() - fixed missing normalization in half of case statement. 
-	* setValue() - remove _delete_ flag if set, fix for saving state.
-	* STORE - fixed not ignoring the internal instance variables properly.
-	* Fixed numerous bugs for large attribute sets.
-	* Fixed bug 4368 ("exists vs. EXISTS").
-	* Fixed several loop bugs.
-	* Removed all _self_obj_  references, it's obsolete in this
-	  version.
-	* We support each() and keys() now on the Entry object, to loop
-	  through all attribute names (types).
-
-
-Conn.pm:
-	* close() - fixed memory leak.
-	* modifyRDN() - fixed problem where we weren't updating the
-			appropriate DN in the self object.
-	* Fixed bug 3342 (problems adding entries with binary data).
-	* getErrorCode()/getErrorString() - return LDAP_SUCCESS if no
-					    LDAP connection handle.
-	* add() - fixed code to handle hash array as docs indicate.
-	* update() - optimization for "replace" vs "add/delete", we try to
-		     use whatever LDAPMod is most efficient.
-
-LDIF.pm:
-
-	* Complete rewrite, by John Kristian <kristian@netscape.com>.
-
-API.xs:
-	* Fixed memory allocation problems, replacing all memory management
-	  routines. This solves all known issues with ActiveState Perl.
-	* More safety checks around calls to *_free().
-
-	
-Miscellaneous
--------------
-
-	* Various other optimizations on tests and such.
-	* Fixed most (all?) known memory leaks.
-	* Fixed a lot of problems with Makefile.PL, adding some new targets
-	  (like "make html"). Add a skeleton to "make test".
-	* Fixed numerous small bugs, as reported to Mozilla.
-	* We produce less warnings now, and try to "use strict" when
-	  appropriate.
-	* We have a new versioning scheme, conforming to standard
-	  Perl. We'll change this again when Perl's new versioning system
-	  is in place (allowing versions like 1.2.3).

mozilla/directory/perldap/Utils.pm

@@ -1,351 +0,0 @@
-#############################################################################
-# $Id: Utils.pm,v 1.14.2.6 2007-06-14 09:21:15 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#   Clayton Donley
-#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# DESCRIPTION
-#    Lots of Useful Little Utilities, for LDAP related operations.
-
-require 5.005;
-package Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;
-
-use Mozilla::LDAP::API 1.5 qw(:constant);
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;
-use Exporter;
-
-use strict;
-use vars qw($VERSION @ISA %EXPORT_TAGS);
-
-@ISA = qw(Exporter);
-$VERSION = "1.5";
-
-%EXPORT_TAGS = (
-		all => [qw(normalizeDN
-			   isUrl
-			   printEntry
-			   printentry
-			   str2Scope
-			   askPassword
-			   ldapArgs
-			   userCredentials
-			   answer)]
-		);
-
-
-# Add Everything in %EXPORT_TAGS to @EXPORT_OK
-Exporter::export_ok_tags('all');
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Normalize the DN string (first argument), and return the new, normalized,
-# string (DN). This is useful to make sure that two syntactically
-# identical DNs compare (eq) as the same string.
-#
-sub normalizeDN
-{
-  my ($dn) = @_;
-  my (@vals);
-
-  return "" unless (defined($dn) && ($dn ne ""));
-
-  @vals = Mozilla::LDAP::API::ldap_explode_dn(lc $dn, 0);
-
-  return join(",", @vals);
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Checks if a string is a properly formed LDAP URL.
-#
-sub isURL
-{
-  return ldap_is_ldap_url($_[0]);
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Print an entry, in LDIF format. This is sort of obsolete, we encourage
-# you to use the :;LDAP::LDIF class instead.
-#
-sub printEntry
-{
-  my $entry = $_[0];
-  my ($attr);
-
-  local $_;
-
-  print "dn: ", $entry->{"dn"},"\n";
-  foreach $attr (@{$entry->{"_oc_order_"}})
-    {
-      next if ($attr =~ /^_.+_$/);
-      next if $entry->{"_${attr}_deleted_"};
-      foreach (@{$entry->{$attr}})
-	{
-	  print "$attr: $_\n";
-	}
-    }
-
-  print "\n";
-}
-*printentry = \*printEntry;
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Convert a "human" readable string to an LDAP scope value
-#
-sub str2Scope
-{
-  my ($str) = $_[0];
-
-  return $str if ($str =~ /^[0-9]+$/);
-
-  if ($str =~ /^sub/i)
-    {
-      return LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE;
-    }
-  elsif ($str =~ /^base/i)
-    {
-      return LDAP_SCOPE_BASE;
-    }
-  elsif ($str =~ /^one/i)
-    {
-      return LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL;
-    }
-
-  # Default...
-  return LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE;
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Ask for a password, without displaying it on the TTY.
-#
-sub askPassword
-{
-  my ($prompt) = shift;
-  my ($promptstr) = shift;
-  my ($hasReadKey) = 0;
-
-  eval "use Term::ReadKey";
-  $hasReadKey=1 unless ($@);
-
-  if ($prompt) {
-      if ($promptstr) {
-          print $promptstr;
-      } else {
-          print "LDAP password: ";
-      }
-  }
-  if ($hasReadKey)
-    {
-      ReadMode(2);
-      chop($_ = ReadLine(0));
-      ReadMode(0);
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      system('/bin/stty -echo');
-      chop($_ = <STDIN>);
-      system('/bin/stty echo');
-    }
-  print "\n";
-
-  return $_;
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Handle some standard LDAP options, and construct a nice little structure
-# that we can use later on. We really should have some appropriate defaults,
-# perhaps from an Mozilla::LDAP::Config module.
-#
-sub ldapArgs
-{
-  my ($bind, $base) = @_;
-  my (%ld);
-
-  $main::opt_v = $main::opt_n if defined($main::opt_n);
-  $main::opt_p = LDAPS_PORT if (!defined($main::opt_p) &&
-				defined($main::opt_P) &&
-				($main::opt_P ne ""));
-
-  $ld{"host"} = $main::opt_h || "ldap";
-  $ld{"port"} = $main::opt_p || LDAP_PORT;
-  $ld{"base"} = $main::opt_b || $base || $ENV{'LDAP_BASEDN'};
-  $ld{"root"} = $ld{"base"};
-  $ld{"bind"} = $main::opt_D || $bind || "";
-  $ld{"pswd"} = $main::opt_w || "";
-  $ld{"cert"} = $main::opt_P || "";
-  $ld{"certname"} = $main::opt_N || "";
-  $ld{"keypwd"} = $main::opt_W || "";
-  $ld{"starttls"} = (defined($main::opt_Z) ? 1 : 0);
-  $ld{"scope"} = (defined($main::opt_s) ? $main::opt_s : LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE);
-  $ld{"vers"} = (defined($main::opt_V) && $main::opt_V eq "2") ?
-    LDAP_VERSION2 : LDAP_VERSION3;
-
-  if (($ld{"bind"} ne "") && ($ld{"pswd"} eq ""))
-    {
-      $ld{pswd} = askPassword(1);
-    }
-
-  if (($ld{"certname"} ne "") && ($ld{"keypwd"} eq ""))
-    {
-      $ld{keypwd} = askPassword(1, "Enter PIN for " . $ld{"certname"} . ": ");
-    }
-
-  return %ld;
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Try to find a user to bind as, and possibly ask for the password. Pass
-# a pointer to the hash array with LDAP parameters to this function.
-#
-sub userCredentials
-{
-  my ($ld) = @_;
-  my ($conn, $entry, $pswd, $search);
-
-  if ($ld->{"bind"} eq "")
-    {
-      my ($base) = $ld->{"base"} || $ld->{"root"};
-
-      $conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new($ld);
-      die "Couldn't connect to LDAP server " . $ld->{"host"} unless $conn;
-
-      $search = "(&(objectclass=inetOrgPerson)(uid=$ENV{USER}))";
-      $entry = $conn->search($base, "subtree", $search, 0, ("uid"));
-      return 0 if (!$entry || $conn->nextEntry());
-
-      $conn->close();
-      $ld->{"bind"} = $entry->getDN();
-    }
-
-  if ($ld->{"pswd"} eq "")
-    {
-      $ld->{"pswd"} = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::askPassword(1);
-    }
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Ask a Y/N question, return "Y" or "N".
-#
-sub answer
-{
-  die "Default string must be Y or N."
-    unless (($_[0] eq "Y") || ($_[0] eq "N"));
-
-  chop($_ = <STDIN>);
-
-  return $_[0] if /^$/;
-  return "Y" if /^[yY]/;
-  return "N" if /^[nN]/;
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Mandatory TRUE return value.
-#
-1;
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# POD documentation...
-#
-__END__
-
-=head1 NAME
-
-  Mozilla::LDAP::Utils.pm - Collection of useful little utilities.
-
-=head1 SYNOPSIS
-
-  use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;
-
-=head1 ABSTRACT
-
-
-=head1 DESCRIPTION
-
-
-=head1 OBJECT CLASS METHODS
-
-=over 13
-
-=item B<normalizeDN>
-
-This function will remove all extraneous white spaces in the DN, and also
-change all upper case characters to lower case. The only argument is the
-DN string to normalize, and the return value is the new, clean DN.
-
-=back
-
-=head1 EXAMPLES
-
-There are plenty of examples to look at, in the examples directory. We are
-adding more examples every day (almost).
-
-=head1 INSTALLATION
-
-Installing this package is part of the Makefile supplied in the
-package. See the installation procedures which are part of this package.
-
-=head1 AVAILABILITY
-
-This package can be retrieved from a number of places, including:
-
-    http://www.mozilla.org/directory/
-    Your local CPAN server
-
-=head1 CREDITS
-
-Most of this code was developed by Leif Hedstrom, Netscape Communications
-Corporation. 
-
-=head1 BUGS
-
-None. :)
-
-=head1 SEE ALSO
-
-L<Mozilla::LDAP::Conn>, L<Mozilla::LDAP::Entry>, L<Mozilla::LDAP::API>, and
-of course L<Perl>.
-
-=cut

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/ChangeLog

@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-2005-01-04  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
-
-	* All examples: Changed all calls to new to use the class method
-	directly.
-
-2004-10-13  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
-
-	* modattr.pl: Added a -i option, for case insentive "adds" to an
-	attribute. This means that trying to add "foo" or "Foo" will only
-	generate one value for the server.
-
-	* monitor.pl: Added -V option (for version).
-
-	* psoftsync.pl: Added -V option (for version).
-
-	* changes2ldif.pl: Added -V option (for version).
-
-	* tabdump.pl: Added -V option (for version).
-
-	* rmentry.pl: Added -V option (for version).
-
-	* rename.pl: Added -V option (for version).
-
-	* rand_mods.pl: Added -V option (for version).
-
-	* modattr.pl: Added -V option (for version).
-
-	* lfinger.pl: Added -V option (for version).
-
-	* ldappasswd.pl: Added -V option (for version).
-
-	* qsearch.pl: Added -V option (for version).
-
-1999-06-30  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* rmentry.pl: Added support for "-p".
-
-1999-01-05  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* psoftsync.pl (delAttr): Fixed annoying bug where I missed to
-	"my" $entry.
-
-1999-01-04  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* modattr.pl: Bug fixes for handling bad cases better (like
-	missing attribute, adding empty values etc).
-
-1998-12-11  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* modattr.pl: Modified slightly to enable the rebind proc.
-
-1998-08-03  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* psoftsync.pl: New file, also merged in some modules from
-	LdapUtils.pm, to make sure this works. NOTE: This script currently
-	doesn't work, since all "modify" operations are horked.
-
-1998-07-30  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* tabdump.pl: Actually works!
-
-	* ldappasswd.pl: Cleaned out some code, and moved it over to the
-	::Utils module.
-
-1998-07-29  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* qsearch.pl: First working version.
-

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/changes2ldif.pl

@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl5
-#############################################################################
-# $Id: changes2ldif.pl,v 1.3.2.4 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is PerLDAP. 
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#   Clayton Donley
-#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# DESCRIPTION
-#    Search the changelog, and produce an LDIF file suitable for ldapmodify
-#    for instance. This should be merged into LDIF.pm eventually.
-
-use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
-
-use strict;
-no strict "vars";
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
-#
-$APPNAM	= "changes2ldif";
-$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-nv] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert -V ver [min [max]]";
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
-#
-if (!getopts('nvb:h:D:p:s:w:P:V:'))
-{
-   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
-   exit;
-}
-%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
-$ld{root} = "cn=changelog" if (!defined($ld{root}) || $ld{root} eq "");
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Instantiate an LDAP object, which also binds to the LDAP server.
-#
-$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
-die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Create the search filter.
-#
-$min = $ARGV[$[];
-$max = $ARGV[$[ + 1];
-
-if ($min ne "")
-{
-  if ($max ne "")
-    {
-      $search = "(&(changenumber>=$min)(changenumber<=$max))";
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      $search = "(changenumber>=$min)";
-    }
-}
-else
-{
-  $search = "(changenumber=*)";
-}
-  
-
-#################################################################################
-# Do the searches, and print the results.
-#
-$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, "ONE", "$search");
-while ($entry)
-{
-  print "dn: ", $entry->{targetdn}[0], "\n";
-  $type = $entry->{changetype}[0];
-  print "changetype: $type\n";
-  if ($type =~ /modify/i)
-    {
-      # Should we filter out modifiersname and modifytimestamp ? We do chop
-      # off the trailing \0 though.
-      chop($entry->{changes}[0]);
-      print $entry->{changes}[0], "\n";
-    }
-  elsif ($type =~ /add/i)
-    {
-      print $entry->{changes}[0], "\n";
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      print "\n";
-    }
-
-  $entry = $conn->nextEntry;
-}
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Close the connection.
-#
-$ld{conn}->close if $ld{conn};

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/ldappasswd.pl

@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl5
-#############################################################################
-# $Id: ldappasswd.pl,v 1.7.2.5 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#   Clayton Donley
-#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# DESCRIPTION
-#    This is an LDAP version of the normal passwd/yppasswd command found
-#    on most Unix systems. Note that this will only use the {crypt}
-#    encryption/hash algorithm (at this point).
-
-use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
-#
-$APPNAM	= "ldappasswd";
-$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-nv] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert -V ver search ...";
-
-@ATTRIBUTES = ("uid", "userpassword");
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
-#
-if (!getopts('nvb:s:h:D:w:P:V:')) {
-   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
-   exit;
-}
-%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
-Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Ask for the new password, and confirm it's correct.
-#
-do
-{
-  print "New password: ";
-  $new = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::askPassword();
-  print "New password (again): ";
-  $new2 = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::askPassword();
-  print "Passwords didn't match, try again!\n\n" if ($new ne $new2);
-} until ($new eq $new2);
-print "\n";
-
-#############################################################################
-# Now do all the searches, one by one. If there are no search criteria, we
-# will change the password for the user running the script.
-#
-$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
-die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
-
-foreach $search ($#ARGV >= $[ ? @ARGV : $ld{bind})
-{
-  $entry = $conn->search($search, "subtree", "ALL", 0, @ATTRIBUTES);
-  $entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, "subtree", $search, 0, @ATTRIBUTES)
-    unless $entry;
-  print "No such user: $search\n" unless $entry;
-
-  while ($entry)
-    {
-      $entry->{userpassword} = [$new];
-      print "Changing password for: $entry->{dn}\n" if $opt_v;
-
-      if (!$opt_n)
-	{
-	  $conn->update($entry);
-	  $conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
-	}
-
-      $entry = $conn->nextEntry();
-    }
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Close the connection.
-#
-$conn->close if $conn;

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/lfinger.pl

@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl5
-#############################################################################
-# $Id: lfinger.pl,v 1.11.2.4 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#   Clayton Donley
-#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# DESCRIPTION
-#    "finger" version using LDAP information (using RFC 2307 objectclass).
-
-use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these... The HIDE mechanism is a very
-# Netscape internal specific feature. We use this objectclass to mark some
-# entries to be "hidden", and some of our applications will honor this. With
-# more recent versions of the Directory Server this can be accomplished more
-# effectively with appropriate ACI/ACLs.
-#
-$APPNAM	= "lfinger";
-$USAGE	= "$APPNAM -m -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert -V ver user_info";
-
-@ATTRIBUTES = ("uid", "cn", "homedirectory", "loginshell", "pager",
-	       "telephonenumber", "facsimiletelephonenumber", "mobile");
-$HIDE = "(objectclass=nscphidethis)";
-
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Print a "finger" entry.
-#
-sub printIt
-{
-  my($entry) = @_;
-
-  print "Login name: $entry->{uid}[0]";
-  print " " x (39 - 11 - length($entry->{uid}[0]));
-  print "In real life: $entry->{cn}[0]\n";
-  if ($entry->{homedirectory}[0] || $entry->{loginshell}[0])
-    {
-      print "Directory: $entry->{homedirectory}[0]";
-      print " " x (39 - 10 - length($entry->{homedirectory}[0]));
-      print "Shell: $entry->{loginshell}[0]\n";
-    }
-
-  if ($entry->{telephonenumber}[0] || $entry->{pager}[0])
-    {
-      print "Phone: $entry->{telephonenumber}[0]";
-      print " " x (39 - 6 - length($entry->{telephonenumber}[0]));
-      print "Pager: $entry->{pager}[0]\n";
-    }
-
-  if ($entry->{mobile}[0] || $entry->{facsimiletelephonenumber}[0])
-    {
-      print "Mobile: $entry->{mobile}[0]";
-      print " " x (39 - 7 - length($entry->{mobile}[0]));
-      print "Fax: $entry->{facsimiletelephonenumber}[0]\n";
-    }
-
-  print "\n";
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
-#
-if (!getopts('mb:h:D:p:w:P:V:') || !defined($ARGV[$[]))
-{
-   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
-   exit;
-}
-%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
-$user=$ARGV[$[];
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Instantiate an LDAP object, which also binds to the LDAP server.
-#
-$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
-die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Ok, lets generate the filter, and do the search!
-#
-if ($opt_m)
-{
-  $search = "(&(uid=$user)(!$HIDE))";
-}
-else
-{
-  $search = "(&(|(cn=*$user*)(uid=*$user*)(telephonenumber=*$user*))(!$HIDE))";
-}
-
-$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, "subtree", $search, 0, @ATTRIBUTES);
-$conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
-
-while($entry)
-{
-  printIt($entry);
-  $entry = $conn->nextEntry();
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Close the connection.
-#
-$conn->close if $conn;

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/modattr.pl

@@ -1,351 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl5
-#############################################################################
-# $Id: modattr.pl,v 1.9.2.4 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#   Clayton Donley
-#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# DESCRIPTION
-#    This script can be used to do a number of different modification
-#    operations on a script. Like adding/deleting values, or entire
-#    attributes.
-
-use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
-
-use strict;
-no strict "vars";
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
-#
-$APPNAM	= "modattr";
-$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-dnvW] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert -V ver attr=value filter";
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
-#
-if (!getopts('adnvWb:h:D:p:s:w:P:V:i:'))
-{
-  print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
-  exit;
-}
-%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
-Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;
-$nocase = (defined($opt_i) && $opt_i) ? 1 : 0;
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Let's process the changes requested, and commit them unless the "-n"
-# option was given.
-#
-$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
-die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
-
-$conn->setDefaultRebindProc($ld{bind}, $ld{pswd});
-
-($change, $search) = @ARGV;
-if (($change eq "") || ($search eq ""))
-{
-  print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
-  exit;
-}
-($attr, $value) = split(/=/, $change, 2);
-
-$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $search);
-while ($entry)
-{
-  $changed = 0;
-
-  if ($opt_d)
-    {
-      if (defined $entry->{$attr})
-	{
-	  if ($value)
-	    {
-	      $changed = $entry->removeValue($attr, $value);
-	      if ($changed && $opt_v)
-		{
-		  print "Removed value from ", $entry->getDN(), "\n" if $opt_v;
-		}
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      delete $entry->{$attr};
-	      print "Deleted attribute $attr for ", $entry->getDN(), "\n" if $opt_v;
-	      $changed = 1;
-	    }
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  print "No attribute values for: $attr\n";
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      if (!defined($value) || !$value)
-	{
-	  print "No value provided for the attribute $attr\n";
-	}
-      elsif ($opt_a)
-	{
-	  $changed = $entry->addValue($attr, $value, 0, 0, $nocase);
-	  if ($changed && $opt_v)
-	    {
-	      print "Added attribute to ", $entry->getDN(), "\n" if $opt_v;
-	    }
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  $entry->setValue($attr, $value);
-	  $changed = 1;
-	  print "Set attribute for ", $entry->getDN(), "\n" if $opt_v;
-	}
-    }
-  if ($changed && ! $opt_n)
-    {
-      if (!$conn->update($entry)) {
-        $conn->printError();
-      }
-    }
-
-  $entry = $conn->nextEntry();
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Close the connection.
-#
-$conn->close if $conn;
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# POD documentation...
-#
-__END__
-
-=head1 NAME
-
-  modattr - Modify an attribute for one or more LDAP entries
-
-=head1 SYNOPSIS
-
-  modattr [-adnvW] -b base -h host -D bind DN -w pwd -P cert attr=value filter
-
-=head1 ABSTRACT
-
-This command line utility can be used to modify one attribute for one or
-more LDAP entries. As simple as this sounds, this turns out to be a very
-common operation. For instance, let's say you want to change "mailHost"
-for all users on a machine named I<dredd>, to be I<judge>. With this
-script all you have to do is
-
-    modattr mailHost=judge '(mailHost=dredd)'
-
-=head1 DESCRIPTION
-
-There are four primary operations that can be made with this utility:
-
-=over 4
-
-=item *
-
-Set an attribute to a (single) specified value.
-
-=item *
-
-Add a value to an attribute (for multi-value attributes).
-
-=item *
-
-Delete a value from an attribute. If it's the last value (or if it's a
-single value), this will remove the entire attribute.
-
-=item *
-
-Delete an entire attribute, even if it has multiple values.
-
-=back
-
-The first three requires an option of the form B<attr=value>, while the
-last one only takes the name of the attribute as the option. The last
-argument is always an LDAP search filter, specifying which entries the
-operation should be applied to.
-
-=head1 OPTIONS
-
-All but the first two command line options for this tool are standard LDAP
-options, to set parameters for the LDAP connection. The two new options
-are I<-a> and I<-d> to add and remove attribute values.
-
-Without either of these two options specified (they are both optional),
-the default action is to set the attribute to the specified value. That
-will effectively remove any existing values for this attribute.
-
-=over 12
-
-=item -a
-
-Specify that the operation is an I<add>, to add a value to the
-attribute. If there is no existing value for this attribute, we'll create
-a new attribute, otherwise we add the new value if it's not already there.
-
-=item -d
-
-Delete the attribute value, or the entire attribute if there's no value
-specified. As you can see this option has two forms, and it's function
-depends on the last arguments. Be careful here, if you forget to specify
-the value to delete, you will remove all of them.
-
-=item -h <host>
-
-Name of the LDAP server to connect to.
-
-=item -p <port>
-
-TCP port for the LDAP connection.
-
-=item -b <DN>
-
-Base DN for the search
-
-=item -D <bind>
-
-User (DN) to bind as. We support a few convenience shortcuts here, like
-I<root>, I<user> and I<repl>.
-
-=item -w <passwd>
-
-This specifies the password to use when connecting to the LDAP
-server. This is strongly discouraged, and without this option the script
-will ask for the password interactively.
-
-=item -s <scope>
-
-Search scope, default is I<sub>, the other possible values are I<base> and
-I<one>. You can also specify the numeric scopes, I<0>, I<1> or I<2>.
-
-=item -P
-
-Use SSL for the LDAP connection, using the specified cert.db file for
-certificate information.
-
-=item -n
-
-Don't do anything, only show the changes that would have been made. This
-is very convenient, and can save you from embarrassing mistakes.
-
-=item -v
-
-Verbose output.
-
-=back
-
-The last two arguments are special for this script. The first
-argument specifies the attribute (and possibly the value) to operate on,
-and the last argument is a properly formed LDAP search filter.
-
-=head1 EXAMPLES
-
-We'll give one example for each of the four operations this script can
-currently handle. Since the script itself is quite flexible, you'll
-probably find you can use this script for a lot of other applications, or
-call it from other scripts. Note that we don't specify any LDAP specific
-options here, we assume you have configured your defaults properly.
-
-To set the I<description> attribute for user "leif", you would do
-
-    modattr 'description=Company Swede' '(uid=leif)'
-
-The examples shows how to use this command without either of the I<-a> or
-the I<-d> argument. To add an e-mail alias (alternate address) to the same
-user, you would do
-
-    modattr -a 'mailAlternateAddress=theSwede@netscape.com' '(uid=leif)'
-
-To remove an object class from all entries which uses it, you could do
-
-    modattr -d 'objectclass=dummyClass' '(objectclass=dummyClass)'
-
-This example is not great, since unless you've assured that no entries
-uses any of the attributes in this class, you'll get schema
-violations. But don't despair, you can use this tool to clean up all
-entries first! To completely remove all usage of an attribute named
-I<dummyAttr>, you'd simply do
-
-    modattr -d dummyAttr '(dummyAttr=*)'
-
-This shows the final format of this command, notice how we don't specify a
-value, to assure that the entire attribute is removed. This is potentially
-dangerous, so again be careful.
-
-=head1 INSTALLATION
-
-In order to use this script, you'll need Perl version 5.004 or later, the
-LDAP SDK, and also the LDAP Perl module (aka PerLDAP). Once you've installed
-these packages, just copy this file to where you keep your admin binaries,
-e.g. /usr/local/bin.
-
-In order to get good performance, you should make sure you have indexes on
-the attributes you typically use with this script. Our experience has been
-that in most cases the standard indexes in the Directory Server are
-sufficient, e.g. I<CN>, I<UID> and I<MAIL>.
-
-=head1 AVAILABILITY
-
-This package can be retrieved from a number of places, including:
-
-    http://www.mozilla.org/directory/
-    Your local CPAN server
-
-=head1 CREDITS
-
-This little tool was developed internally at Netscape, by Leif Hedstrom.
-
-=head1 BUGS
-
-None, of course...
-
-=head1 SEE ALSO
-
-L<Mozilla::LDAP::API> and L<Perl>
-
-=cut

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/monitor.pl

@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl5
-#############################################################################
-# $Id: monitor.pl,v 1.3.2.4 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is PerLDAP. 
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#   Clayton Donley
-#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# DESCRIPTION
-#    Ask the directory server for it's monitor entry, to see some
-#    performance and usage stats.
-
-use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
-#
-$APPNAM	= "monitor";
-$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-nv] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert -V ver";
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
-#
-if (!getopts('b:h:D:p:w:P:V:'))
-{
-   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
-   exit;
-}
-%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs("", "cn=monitor");
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Instantiate an LDAP object, which also binds to the LDAP server, and then
-# do the simple search.
-#
-$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
-die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
-
-$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, "base", "objectclass=*");
-Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::printEntry($entry)
-  if ($entry);
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Close the connection.
-#
-$conn->close if $conn;

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/psoftsync.pl

@@ -1,633 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl5
-#############################################################################
-# $Id: psoftsync.pl,v 1.6.2.4 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is PerLDAP. 
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#   Clayton Donley
-#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# DESCRIPTION
-#    Synchronise some LDAP info with a PeopleSoft "dump". This "dump" file
-#    is a "tab" separated file, as generated by an SQL utility on the
-#    Oracle server.
-
-use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Local configurations, check these out . Note that SYNCS and ORDER has to
-# have the same fields, this is because the hash array doesn't preserve
-# the order of it's entries... :-( The "codes" are bit fields, where the
-# three LSB are used as
-#
-#	 1  Force the update, even if attribute is empty (i.e. delete it)
-#	 2  The attribute is the base for a DN (e.g. "manager").
-#	 4  The attribute should be deleted if the user is not in PeopleSoft.
-#	 8  Don't warn if the attribute is missing in the Psoft file (-W option).
-#	16  Always delete this attribute in the PeopleSoft entry.
-#	32  Delete this attribute if the account has "expired".
-#
-%SYNCS = (
-	  "nscpharold" => 1 + 4,
-	  "uid" => 0,
-	  "" => 0,
-	  "" => 0,
-	  "employeenumber" => 1 + 4 + 32,
-	  "departmentnumber" => 1 + 4,
-	  "" => 0,
-	  "" => 0,
-	  "" => 0,
-	  "manager" => 1 + 2,
-	  "title" => 1 + 4 + 16 + 32,
-	  "ou" =>  1 + 4 + 32,
-	  "businesscategory" => 1 + 4 + 32,
-	  "employeetype" => 0,
-	  "nscppersonexpdate" => 1 + 8
-	  );
-
-@ORDER = (
-	  "nscpharold",
-	  "uid",
-	  "",
-	  "",
-	  "employeenumber",
-	  "departmentnumber",
-	  "",
-	  "",
-	  "",
-	  "manager",
-	  "title",
-	  "ou",
-	  "businesscategory",
-	  "employeetype",
-	  "nscppersonexpdate"
-	  );
-
-# This is used for mapping the employeeType attribute into a readable format.
-%EMPCODES = (
-	     "A" => "Applicant",
-	     "C" => "Contractor",
-	     "E" => "Employee",
-	     "O" => "OEM Partner",
-	     "T" => "Interim",
-	     "V" => "Vendor"
-	     );
-
-# Expiration policy for other attributes, the EXPDELAY is a convenience
-# default setting.
-$EXPDELAY = 24 * 7;
-%EXPIRES = (
-	    "carlicense"		=> $EXPDELAY,
-	    "mailautoreplymode"		=> $EXPDELAY,
-	    "mailautoreplytext"		=> $EXPDELAY,
-	    "mailforwardingaddress"	=> $EXPDELAY,
-	    "facsimiletelephonenumber"	=> $EXPDELAY
-	    );
-	    
-
-$NOTYPE = "Unknown";
-$DELIMITER = "%%";
-$SENDMAIL = "/usr/lib/sendmail";
-
-$SEARCH = "(&(uid=*)(!(objectclass=pseudoAccount)))";
-$MAILTO = "leif\@netscape.com";
-
-#$LDAP_DEBUG = 1;
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
-#
-$APPNAM	= "psoftsync";
-$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-nvW] -b base -h host -D bind -w passwd -P cert -V ver PS_file";
-
-@ATTRIBUTES = uniq(@ORDER);
-push(@ATTRIBUTES, "objectclass");
-
-$TODAY = `/usr/bin/date '+%Y%m%d'`;
-chop($TODAY);
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Print an error for the PeopleSoft data. Note that we use the "__XXX__" fields
-# here, to avoid the problem when an attribute is "expired" or modified.
-#
-sub psoftError
-{
-  my ($str, $entry) = @_;
-
-  print "Error: $str: ";
-  print $entry->key(), " (";
-  print $entry->{__employeenumber__}, ", ";
-  print $entry->{__employeetype__}, ", ";
-  print $entry->{__departmentnumber__}, ")\n";
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Read in a PeopleSoft file, and create all the entries.
-#
-sub readDump
-{
-  my ($file) = @_;
-  my (@info, %entries);
-  my $val;
-
-  if (!open(PSOFT, $file))
-    {
-      print "Error: Can't read file $file\n";
-
-      exit(1);
-    }
-
-  while (<PSOFT>)
-    {
-      next unless /$DELIMITER/;
-
-      @info = split(/\s*%%\s*/);
-      $entry = PsoftEntry->new($info[$[]);
-      foreach $attr (@ORDER)
-	{
-	  $val = shift(@info);
-	  next if ($attr eq "");
-
-	  $entry->add($attr, $val, $SYNCS{$attr});
-	}
-      #
-      # Perhaps we should do some sanity checks here on the PeopleSoft data?
-      #
-
-      # Clean up some data if the user has expired ("best before...")
-      if ($entry->expired($entry->{nscppersonexpdate}))
-	{
-	  foreach $attr (@ORDER)
-	    {
-	      next unless $attr;
-
-	      delete($entry->{$attr}) if ($SYNCS{$attr} & 32);
-	    }
-	}
-
-      if ($entry->{uid})
-	{
-	  $entries{$entry->{uid}} = $entry;
-	}
-      elsif ($opt_W)
-	{
-	  psoftError("No UID", $entry);
-	}
-    }
-  close(PSOFT);
-
-  return %entries;
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Make a list "uniq", just like the Unix command.
-#
-sub uniq {				# uniq(elements[])
-  my %tmp;
-   
-  grep($tmp{$_}++, @_);
-  return sort(keys(%tmp));
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Delete an attribute from an entry.
-#
-sub delAttr {				# delAttr(ENTRY, ATTR)
-  my ($entry, $attr) = @_;
-
-  if (defined($entry->{$attr}))
-    {
-      $out->write("Deleted $attr for user: $entry->{uid}[0]") if $opt_v;
-      delete($entry->{$attr});
-
-      return 1;
-    }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
-#
-if (!getopts('nvMWb:h:D:p:s:w:P:V:'))
-{
-  print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
-  exit;
-}
-%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
-Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;
-
-$out = Mail->new();
-if ($opt_M)
-{
-  $out->set("to", $MAILTO);
-  $out->set("subject", "Hoth: PeopleSoft synchronization report");
-}
-else
-{
-  $out->echo();
-  $out->nomail();
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Read in all the PeopleSoft entries, and then instantiate an LDAP object,
-# which also binds to the LDAP server.
-#
-%psoft = readDump(@ARGV[$[]);
-$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
-die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Now process all the users, one by one.
-#
-$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, "subtree", $SEARCH, 0, @ATTRIBUTES);
-
-while ($entry)
-{
-  $uid = $entry->{"uid"}[0];
-  $changed = 0;
-
-  $psent = $psoft{$uid};
-  if (!$psent)
-    {
-      print "Error: LDAP user $uid: No entry in PeopleSoft\n" if $opt_W;
-      foreach $attr (@ORDER)
-	{
-	  next unless $attr;
-	  $changed += delAttr($entry, $attr) if ($SYNCS{$attr} & 4);
-	}
-      if ($entry->{employeetype}[0] ne "$NOTYPE")
-	{
-	  $entry->{employeetype} = ["$NOTYPE"];
-	  $changed = 1;
-	  $out->write("Set employeeType to $NOTYPE for user: $uid") if $opt_v;
-	}
-	  
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      $psent->handled(1);
-      foreach $attr (@ORDER)
-	{
-	  next unless $attr;
-
-	  if (!defined($psent->{$attr}) || ($psent->{$attr} eq ""))
-	    {
-	      $changed += delAttr($entry, $attr) if ($SYNCS{$attr} & 1);
-	    }
-	  elsif ($entry->{$attr}[0] ne $psent->{$attr})
-	    {
-	      $entry->{$attr} = [$psent->{$attr}];
-	      $changed = 1;
-	      $out->write("Set $attr to $psent->{$attr} for user: $uid") if $opt_v;
-	    }
-	}
-      # Now handle the Expire date special case...
-      if ($psent->expired() ne "")
-	{
-	  if ($entry->addValue("objectclass", "nscphidethis"))
-	    {
-	      $changed = 1;
-	      $out->write("Expiring the user: $uid") if $opt_v;
-	    }
-
-	  # Expire other attributes, IFF the expire is over a certain
-	  # treshhold (e.g. a week).
-	}
-      elsif ($entry->removeValue("objectclass", "nscphidethis"))
-	{
-	  $changed = 1;
-	  $out->write("Enabling the user: $uid") if $opt_v;
-	}
-    }
-
-  $conn->update($entry) if ($changed && ! $opt_n);
-  $entry = $conn->nextEntry();
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Close the LDAP connection.
-#
-$conn->close if $conn;
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Post process, figure out which PSoft entries have no entry in LDAP.
-#
-if ($opt_W)
-{
-  foreach (keys(%psoft))
-    {
-      $ent=$psoft{$_};
-      
-      psoftError("No LDAP entry", $ent) unless $ent->handled();
-    }
-}
-
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Package to an entry from the PeopleSoft database.
-#
-package PsoftEntry;
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Creator.
-#
-sub new
-{
-  my ($class, $key) = @_;
-  my $self = {};
-  
-  bless $self, ref $class || $class;
-  $self->{__key__} = $key;
-
-  return $self;
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Add an attribute/field to the entry.
-#
-sub add
-{
-  my ($self, $attr, $val, $lev) = @_;
-
-  return if ($lev & 16);
-
-  $attr = lc $attr;
-  if ($attr eq "employeetype")
-    {
-      if (defined($main::EMPCODES{$val}))
-	{
-	  $self->{$attr} = $main::EMPCODES{$val};
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  $self->{$attr} = $main::NOTYPE;
-	}
-      $self->{__employeetype__} = $val;
-    }
-  elsif (!defined($val) || ($val eq ""))
-    {
-      main::psoftError("No attribute $attr", $self)
-	if ($main::opt_W && ($lev & 1) && !($lev & 8));
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      $self->{$attr} = ($lev & 2) ? "uid=$val,$main::ld{root}" : $val;
-      $self->{"__${attr}__"} = $val;
-    }
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Return the value for an attribute/field.
-#
-sub get
-{
-  my ($self, $attr) = @_;
-
-  return $self->{$attr};
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Mark the entry as "expired". If there is no "date" argument, we'll return
-# the current entries expire status.
-#
-sub expired
-{
-  my ($self, $date) = @_;
-
-  if ($date)
-    {
-      # Only expire entries with reasonable expire dates...
-      if (length($date) != 8)
-	{
-	  main::psoftError("Bad expire date", $self) if $main::opt_W;
-
-	  return 0;
-	}
-
-      if ($date lt $main::TODAY)
-	{
-	  $self->{employeetype} = "$main::NOTYPE";
-	  $self->{__expired__} = 1;
-
-	  return 1;
-	}
-    }
-
-  return $self->{__expired__};
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Mark the entry as "handled", i.e. it exists in LDAP.
-#
-sub handled
-{
-  my ($self, $flag) = @_;
-
-  $self->{__handled__} = 1 if $flag;
-
-  return $self->{__handled__};
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Return the "key" of this entry, typically the name field.
-#
-sub key
-{
-  my ($self) = @_;
-
-  return $self->{__key__};
-}
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# This sub-package will send mail to some recipients, IFF there is anything to
-# send, or your force it to send. Note that the Subject doesn't qualify it to
-# send a message (force it to send if you have to).
-#
-package Mail;
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# The constructor, which optionally takes the TO, FROM and SUBJECT.
-#
-sub new
-{
-  my ($class, $to, $from, $subject) = @_;
-  my $self = {};
-
-  bless $self, ref $class || $class;
-
-  $self->{to} = $to || "root";
-  $self->{from} = $from || "ldap";
-  $self->{subject} = $subject || "Output from LDAP script\n";
-  @{$self->{message}} = ();
-  $self->{send} = 0;
-  $self->{nomail} = 0;
-  $self->{echo} = 0;
-
-  return $self;
-}
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Destructor, which will also send the message, if appropriate.
-#
-sub DESTROY
-{
-  my ($self) = @_;
-
-  if ($self->{send} && !$self->{nomail})
-    {
-      $self->send();
-      $self->{send} = 0;
-    }
-}
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Set a field for this entry, e.g. From:, To: etc.
-#
-sub set
-{
-  my ($self, $field, $string) = @_;
-
-  if ($field && $string)
-    {
-      $field = lc $field;
-      $self->{$field} = $string;
-    }
-}
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Add a line to the message, the argument is the string.
-#
-sub write
-{
-  my ($self, $string) = @_;
-
-  if ($string ne "")
-    {
-      push(@{$self->{message}}, $string);
-      print "$string\n" if $self->{echo};
-
-      $self->{send}++;
-    }
-}
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Force the object to send the message, no matter if there's anything in the
-# body or not.
-#
-sub force
-{
-  my ($self) = @_;
-
-  $self->{send} = 1;
-  $self->{nomail} = 0;
-}
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Don't send the mail, this is the oppositte to "force...
-#
-sub nomail
-{
-  my ($self) = @_;
-
-  $self->{send} = 0;
-  $self->{nomail} = 1;
-}
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Enable echo-mode, where we will also print everything to STDOUT.
-#
-sub echo
-{
-  my ($self) = @_;
-
-  $self->{echo} = 1;
-}
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Actually send the message. This is automatically done by the DESTROY method,
-# but we can force it to do it this way.
-#
-sub send
-{
-  my ($self) = @_;
-
-  if ($self->{send} && !$self->{nomail})
-    {
-      open(MAILER, "|$main::SENDMAIL -t");
-      print MAILER "From: $self->{from}\n";
-      print MAILER "To: $self->{to}\n";
-      print MAILER "Subject: $self->{subject}\n\n";
-
-      foreach (@{$self->{message}})
-	{
-	  print MAILER "$_\n";
-	}
-      print MAILER ".\n";
-
-      close(MAILER);
-      $self->{send} = 0;
-    }
-}

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/qsearch.pl

@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl5
-#############################################################################
-# $Id: qsearch.pl,v 1.9.2.5 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is PerLDAP. 
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#   Clayton Donley
-#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# DESCRIPTION
-#    Quick Search, like ldapsearch, but in Perl. Look how simple it is.
-
-use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
-
-use strict;
-no strict "vars";
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
-#
-$APPNAM	= "qsearch";
-$USAGE	= "$APPNAM -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert -V ver filter [attr...]";
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
-#
-if (!getopts('b:h:D:p:s:w:P:V:'))
-{
-   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
-   exit;
-}
-%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Now do all the searches, one by one.
-#
-$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
-die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
-
-foreach (@ARGV)
-{
-  if (/\=/)
-    {
-      push(@srch, $_);
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      push(@attr, $_);
-    }
-}
-
-foreach $search (@srch)
-{
-  if ($#attr >= $[)
-    {
-      $entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $search, 0, @attr);
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      $entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, "$search");
-    }
-
-  print "Searched for `$search':\n\n";
-  while ($entry)
-    {
-      $entry->printLDIF();
-      $entry = $conn->nextEntry;
-    }
-  $conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
-  print "\n";
-}
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Close the connection.
-#
-$conn->close if $conn;

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/rand_mods.pl

@@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl5
-#################################################################################
-# $Id: rand_mods.pl,v 1.3.2.4 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#   Clayton Donley
-#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# SYNOPSIS:
-#    Modify an attribute for one or more entries, or possibly delete it.
-#
-# USAGE:
-#    rand_mods [-adnvW] -b base -h host -D bind DN -w pwd -P cert filter loops
-#		attribute ...
-
-#################################################################################
-# Modules we need. Note that we depend heavily on the Ldapp module, 
-# which needs to be built from the C code. It also requires an LDAP SDK.
-#
-use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
-use Carp;
-
-use strict;
-no strict "vars";
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
-#
-$APPNAM	= "rand_mods";
-$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-dnvW] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -V ver filter loops attr ...";
-$AUTHOR	= "Leif Hedstrom <leif\@netscape.com>";
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
-#
-if (!getopts('adnvWb:h:D:p:s:w:P:V:'))
-{
-  print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
-  exit;
-}
-%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Instantiate an LDAP object, which also binds to the LDAP server.
-#
-if (!getopts('b:h:D:p:s:w:P:'))
-{
-   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
-   exit;
-}
-%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
-$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
-croak "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Parse some extra argumens
-#
-my $srch, $loop;
-my (@attrs) = ("givenName", "sn");
-
-if (! ($srch = shift(@ARGV)))
-{
-  print "Usage: $APPNAME $USAGE\n";
-  exit;
-}
-$srch = "(&(!(objectclass=nscpHideThis))(uid=*))" if ($srch eq "");
-
-if (! ($loops = shift(@ARGV)))
-{
-  print "Usage: $APPNAME $USAGE\n";
-  exit;
-}
-
-@attrs = @ARGV if ($#ARGV > $[);
-$num_attrs = $#attrs;
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Find all the argument
-#
-my $num = 0;
-$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $srch, 0, ("0.0"));
-while ($entry)
-{
-  push(@users, $entry->getDN());
-  $num++;
-  $entry = $conn->nextEntry();
-}
-
-print "Found $num users, randomizing changes now...\n";
-
-srand(time ^ $$);
-
-my $tmp, $tmp2, $dn, $loop2;
-while ($loops--)
-{
-  $dn = $users[rand($num)];
-
-  print "$loops loops left...\n" if (($loops % 100) == 0);
-  $entry = $conn->browse($dn, @attrs);
-
-  if ($entry)
-    {
-      $loop2 = $num_attrs + 1;
-      while ($loop2--)
-	{
-	  $tmp = $entry->{$attrs[$loop2]}[0];
-	  $tmp2 = rand($num_attrs);
-
-	  $entry->{$attrs[$loop2]} = [ $entry->{$attrs[$tmp2]}[0] ];
-	  $entry->{$attrs[$tmp2]} = [ $tmp] ;
-
-	  $entry->printLDIF();
-	}
-
-      $conn->update($entry);
-    }
-}

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/rename.pl

@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl5
-#############################################################################
-# $Id: rename.pl,v 1.5.2.4 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is PerLDAP. 
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#   Clayton Donley
-#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# DESCRIPTION
-#    Rename an LDAP entry, changing it's DN. Note that currently this only
-#    works with RDNs.
-
-use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
-#
-$APPNAM	= "rename";
-$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-nvI] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert -V ver filter new_rdn";
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
-#
-if (!getopts('nvIb:h:D:w:P:V:'))
-{
-  print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
-  exit;
-}
-%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
-Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;
-
-($search, $rdn) = @ARGV;
-if (($search eq "") || ($rdn eq ""))
-{
-  print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
-  exit;
-}
-
-
-#############################################################################
-# Instantiate an LDAP object, which also binds to the LDAP server.
-#
-$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
-die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
-
-$key = "Y" if $opt_I;
-$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $search, 0, @ATTRIBUTES);
-$conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
-
-if (! $entry || $conn->nextEntry())
-{
-  print "Error: The search did not return exactly one match, abort!\n";
-  exit;
-}
-
-if (! $opt_I)
-{
-  print "Rename ", $entry->getDN(), " with $rdn [N]? ";
-  $key = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::answer("N") unless $opt_I;
-}
-
-if ($key eq "Y")
-{
-  # Note: I have to explicitly specify the original DN below, since the call
-  # to nextEntry() above blows the DN away from the ::Conn object.
-  if (! $opt_n)
-    {
-      $conn->modifyRDN($rdn, $entry->getDN());
-      $conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
-    }
-  print "Renamed $entry->{dn}\n" if $opt_v;
-}
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Close the connection.
-#
-$conn->close if $conn;

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/rmentry.pl

@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl5
-#############################################################################
-# $Id: rmentry.pl,v 1.6.2.4 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#   Clayton Donley
-#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# DESCRIPTION
-#    Remove one or several LDAP objects. By default this tool is
-#    interactive, which can be disabled with the "-I" option (but
-#    please be careful...).
-
-use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
-#
-$APPNAM	= "rmentry";
-$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-nvI] -b base -h host -p port -D bind -w pswd" .
-          "-P cert -V ver filter ...";
-
-@ATTRIBUTES = ("uid");
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
-#
-if (!getopts('nvIb:h:p:D:w:P:V:'))
-{
-  print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
-  exit;
-}
-%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
-Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Do the search, and process all the entries.
-#
-$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
-die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
-
-$key = "Y" if $opt_I;
-foreach $search (@ARGV)
-{
-  $entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $search, 0, @ATTRIBUTES);
-  $conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
-
-  while ($entry)
-    {
-      if (! $opt_I)
-	{
-	  print "Delete $entry->{dn} [N]? ";
-	  $key = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::answer("N") unless $opt_I;
-	}
-
-      if ($key eq "Y")
-	{
-	  if (! $opt_n)
-	    {
-	      $conn->delete($entry);
-	      $conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
-	    }
-	  print "Deleted $entry->{dn}\n" if $opt_v;
-	}
-
-      $entry = $conn->nextEntry();
-    }
-}
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Close the connection.
-#
-$conn->close if $conn;

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/tabdump.pl

@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl5
-#############################################################################
-# $Id: tabdump.pl,v 1.4.2.4 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#   Clayton Donley
-#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# DESCRIPTION
-#    Generate a TAB separate "dump" of entries matching the search criteria,
-#    using the list of attributes specified.
-
-use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
-#
-$APPNAM	= "tabdump";
-$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-nv] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert -V ver -t <sep> attr1,attr2,.. srch";
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
-#
-if (!getopts('nvb:h:D:p:s:w:P:t:V:'))
-{
-   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
-   exit;
-}
-%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
-$separator = (defined($opt_t) ? $opt_t : "\t");
-
-$attributes = $ARGV[$[];
-$search = $ARGV[$[ + 1];
-die "Need to specify a list of attributes and the search filter.\n"
-  unless ($attributes && $search);
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Do the searches, and produce the output.
-#
-$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
-die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
-
-@attr = split(/,/, $attributes);
-$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $search, 0, @attr);
-$conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
-
-while ($entry)
-{
-  foreach (@attr)
-    {
-      print $entry->{$_}[0], $separator;
-    }
-  print "\n";
-  $entry = $conn->nextEntry;
-}
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Close the connection.
-#
-$conn->close if $conn;

mozilla/directory/perldap/perl-Mozilla-LDAP.spec

@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-%define nspr_name	nspr
-%define nss_name	nss
-%define mozldap_name	mozldap
-
-Summary: LDAP Perl module that wraps the Mozilla C SDK
-Name: perl-Mozilla-LDAP
-Version: 1.5.3
-Release: 1%{?dist}
-License: GPL/LGPL/MPL
-Group: Development/Libraries
-URL: http://www.mozilla.org/directory/perldap.html
-BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/%{name}-%{version}-%{release}-root
-Requires: perl >= 2:5.8.0
-BuildRequires: perl >= 2:5.8.0
-BuildRequires: %{nspr_name}-devel >= 4.6
-BuildRequires: %{nss_name}-devel >= 3.11
-BuildRequires: %{mozldap_name}-devel >= 6.0
-Source0: ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/directory/perldap/releases/1.5/perl-mozldap-%{version}.tar.gz
-Source1: ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/directory/perldap/releases/1.5/Makefile.PL.rpm
-
-%description
-%{summary}.
-
-%prep
-%setup -q -n perl-mozldap-%{version}
-# Filter unwanted Provides:
-cat << \EOF > %{name}-prov
-#!/bin/sh
-%{__perl_provides} $* |\
-  sed -e '/perl(Mozilla::LDAP::Entry)$/d'
-EOF
-
-%define __perl_provides %{_builddir}/perl-mozldap-%{version}/%{name}-prov
-chmod +x %{__perl_provides}
-
-# Filter unwanted Requires:
-cat << \EOF > %{name}-req
-#!/bin/sh
-%{__perl_requires} $* |\
-  sed -e '/perl(Mozilla::LDAP::Entry)/d'
-EOF
-
-%define __perl_requires %{_builddir}/perl-mozldap-%{version}/%{name}-req
-chmod +x %{__perl_requires}
-
-%build
-
-LDAPPKGNAME=%{mozldap_name} CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS" perl %{SOURCE1} PREFIX=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT%{_prefix} INSTALLDIRS=vendor < /dev/null
-make OPTIMIZE="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS" CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS" 
-make test
-
-%install
-rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
-eval `perl '-V:installarchlib'`
-
-%makeinstall
-
-# remove files we don't want to package
-rm -f `find $RPM_BUILD_ROOT -type f -name perllocal.pod -o -name .packlist`
-find $RPM_BUILD_ROOT -name API.bs -a -size 0 -exec rm -f {} \;
-
-# make sure shared lib is correct mode
-find $RPM_BUILD_ROOT -name API.so -exec chmod 755 {} \;
-
-
-# find and run the correct version of brp-compress
-if [ -x /usr/lib/rpm/brp-compress ] ; then
-    /usr/lib/rpm/brp-compress
-elif [ -x %{_libdir}/rpm/brp-compress ] ; then
-    %{_libdir}/rpm/brp-compress
-fi
-
-# make sure files refer to %{_prefix} instead of buildroot/%prefix
-find $RPM_BUILD_ROOT%{_prefix} -type f -print | \
-	sed "s@^$RPM_BUILD_ROOT@@g" > %{name}-%{version}-%{release}-filelist
-if [ "$(cat %{name}-%{version}-%{release}-filelist)X" = "X" ] ; then
-    echo "ERROR: EMPTY FILE LIST"
-    exit 1
-fi
-
-%clean
-rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
-
-%files -f %{name}-%{version}-%{release}-filelist
-%defattr(-,root,root,-)
-%doc CREDITS ChangeLog README MPL-1.1.txt
-
-%changelog
-* Tue Aug  3 2010 Nathan Kinder <nkinder@redhat.com> - 1.5.3-1
-- avoid using deprecated functions in the underlying LDAP library.
-
-* Fri Jul 27 2007 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5.2-1
-- Fix bugzilla 389731 - crash when a bad URL is passed
-
-* Wed Jun 20 2007 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5.1-1
-- all files have been GPL/LGPL/MPL tri-licensed
-
-* Wed Jan 10 2007 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5-9
-- remove only perl(Mozilla::LDAP::Entry) from Provides, leave in 
-- perl(Mozilla::LDAP::Entry) = 1.5
-
-* Wed Jan 10 2007 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5-8
-- add perl_requires filter for the Entry module
-- add the MPL-1.1.txt file to the DOCs
-
-* Wed Jan 10 2007 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5-7
-- Incorporate comments from Fedora Extras review - https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=219869
-- Remove all Requires except perl - use autogenerated ones
-- Remove ExclusiveArch
-- Remove files that don't need to be packaged
-- add full URL to sources
-- set API.so to mode 755
-
-* Tue Oct 17 2006 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5-6
-- look for brp-compress first in /usr/lib then _libdir
-
-* Tue Oct 17 2006 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5-5
-- there is no TODO file; use custom Makefile.PL
-
-* Mon Oct 16 2006 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5-4
-- use pkg-config --variable=xxx instead of --cflags e.g.
-
-* Mon Oct 16 2006 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5-3
-- this is not a noarch package
-
-* Mon Oct 16 2006 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5-2
-- Use new mozldap6, dirsec versions of nspr, nss
-
-* Tue Feb  7 2006 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5-1
-- Based on the perl-LDAP.spec file
-

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/ChangeLog

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-2005-01-04  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
-
-	* entry.pl: Changed all calls to new to use the class method directly.
-
-	* conn.pl: Changed all calls to new to use the class method directly.
-
-1999-08-06  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* conn.pl: Added support for browse() and compare().
-
-1999-03-19  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* conn.pl: Added test for add() with a hash array.
-
-1999-01-05  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
-
-	* entry.pl: New script, to test all Entry:: methods.
-
-	* conn.pl: Added test for modifyRDN().
-

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/api.t

@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-print "This is not a real test, yet...\n";
-print "1..1\n";
-
-print "ok 1\n";

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/conn.t

@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-print "This is not a real test, yet...\n";
-print "1..1\n";
-
-print "ok 1\n";

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/entry.pl

@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl5
-#############################################################################
-# $Id: entry.pl,v 1.3.2.4 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#   Clayton Donley
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# DESCRIPTION
-#    Test most (all?) of the LDAP::Mozilla::Conn methods.
-
-use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
-use Mozilla::LDAP::API;
-
-use strict;
-no strict "vars";
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Configurations, modify these as needed.
-#
-$BIND	= "uid=ldapadmin";
-$BASE	= "o=ogre.com";
-$PEOPLE	= "ou=people";
-$UID	= "leif-test";
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
-#
-$APPNAM	= "entry.pl";
-$USAGE	= "$APPNAM -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert";
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
-#
-if (!getopts('b:h:D:p:s:w:P:'))
-{
-   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
-   exit;
-}
-%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs($BIND, $BASE);
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Get an LDAP connection
-#
-sub getConn
-{
-  my $conn;
-
-  if ($main::reuseConn)
-    {
-      if (!defined($main::mainConn))
-	{
-	  $main::mainConn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%main::ld);
-	  die "Could't connect to LDAP server $main::ld{host}"
-	    unless $main::mainConn;
-	}
-      return $main::mainConn;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      $conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%main::ld);
-      die "Could't connect to LDAP server $main::ld{host}" unless $conn;
-    }
-
-  return $conn;
-}
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Some small help functions...
-#
-sub dotPrint
-{
-  my $str = shift;
-
-  print $str . '.' x (20 - length($str));
-}
-
-sub attributeEQ
-{
-  my (@a, @b);
-  my $i;
-
-  @a = @{$_[0]};
-  @b = @{$_[1]};
-  return 1 if (($#a < 0) && ($#b < 0));
-  return 0 unless ($#a == $#b);
-
-  @a = sort(@a);
-  @b = sort(@b);
-  for ($i = 0; $i <= $#a; $i++)
-    {
-      return 0 unless ($a[$i] eq $b[$i]);;
-    }
-
-  return 1;             # We passed all the tests, we're ok.
-}
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Setup the test entries.
-#
-undef $reuseConn;
-
-$filter = "(uid=$UID)";
-$conn = getConn();
-$nentry = $conn->newEntry("uid=$UID, $PEOPLE, $BASE");
-
-$nentry->{objectclass} = [ "top", "person", "inetOrgPerson", "mailRecipient" ];
-$nentry->addValue("uid", $UID);
-$nentry->addValue("sn", "Hedstrom");
-$nentry->addValue("givenName", "Leif");
-$nentry->addValue("cn", "Leif Hedstrom");
-$nentry->addValue("cn", "Leif P. Hedstrom");
-$nentry->addValue("cn", "The Swede");
-$nentry->addValue("description", "Test1");
-$nentry->addValue("description", "Test2");
-$nentry->addValue("description", "Test3");
-$nentry->addValue("description", "Test4");
-$nentry->addValue("description", "Test5");
-$nentry->addValue("mail", "leif\@ogre.com");
-
-$ent = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $filter);
-$conn->delete($ent->getDN()) if $ent;
-$conn->add($nentry);
-
-$nentry->printLDIF();
-
-$conn->close();

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/entry.t

@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-print "This is not a real test, yet...\n";
-print "1..1\n";
-
-print "ok 1\n";

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/ldif.t

@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl
-#############################################################################
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is PerlDAP.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#   Clayton Donley
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# DESCRIPTION
-#    Test the LDIF module
-
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils qw(normalizeDN);
-use Mozilla::LDAP::API qw(ldap_explode_dn);
-use Mozilla::LDAP::LDIF;
-use strict;
-
-
-my $testldif = "t/test.ldif";
-
-print "1..1\n";
-open( LDIF, "$testldif" ) || die "Can't open $testldif: $!";
-my $in = new Mozilla::LDAP::LDIF(*LDIF) ;
-my $ent;
-while ($ent = readOneEntry $in) {
-    print "The Entry is:\n";
-    Mozilla::LDAP::LDIF::put_LDIF(select(), 78, $ent);
-    my $desc = $ent->getValue('description');
-    # this tests the base64 decoding
-    die "Error: the description is not hello world" if ($desc ne 'hello world');
-}
-close LDIF;
-print "ok 1\n";

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/ssl.pl

@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/env perl
-#############################################################################
-# $Id: ssl.pl,v 1.1.2.2 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#   Clayton Donley
-#   Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org>
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# DESCRIPTION
-#    Test most (all?) of the LDAP::Mozilla::Conn methods. This code
-#    needs to be rewritten to use the standard test harness in Perl...
-
-use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
-use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
-use Mozilla::LDAP::API;
-
-use strict;
-no strict "vars";
-
-
-# Uncomment for somewhat more verbose messages from core modules
-#$LDAP_DEBUG = 1;
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Configurations, modify these as needed.
-#
-$BASE	= "dc=example,dc=com";
-$PEOPLE	= "ou=people";
-$UID	= "scarter";
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
-#
-$APPNAM	= "ssl.pl";
-$USAGE	= "$APPNAM -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert -N certname -W keypassword -Z";
-
-
-#################################################################################
-# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
-#
-if (!getopts('b:h:D:p:s:w:P:N:W:Z'))
-{
-   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
-   exit;
-}
-%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs(undef, $BASE);
-$BASE = $ld{"base"};
-Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/ssl.sh

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/home/rich/mozilla/dist/lib ; export LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-
-#argsfile=.gdbinit
-#echo "break main" > $argsfile
-#echo "run -I../blib/arch -I../blib/lib ssl.pl -h localhost -p 10202 -P /home/rich/102srv/alias/slapd-localhost-cert8.db -N Server-Cert -W 723d1e6cf342e1d133c69876e938be08e41bad41 -b '' objectclass=*" >> $argsfile
-#gdb -x $argsfile perl
-#rm -f $argsfile
-perl -d -I../blib/arch -I../blib/lib ssl.pl -h localhost -Z -p 10200 -P /home/rich/102srv/alias/slapd-localhost-cert8.db -N "Server-Cert" -W `cat /home/rich/102srv/alias/pwdfile.txt` -b "" "objectclass=*" 
-#perl -d -I../blib/arch -I../blib/lib ssl.pl -h localhost -p 10202 -P /home/rich/102srv/alias/slapd-localhost-cert8.db -N "Server-Cert" -W `cat /home/rich/102srv/alias/pwdfile.txt` -b "" "objectclass=*" 

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/test.ldif

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-dn: uid=user,dc=example,dc=com
-objectclass: top
-objectclass: person
-objectclass: organizationalPerson
-objectclass: inetOrgPerson
-uid: user
-cn: Jay User
-sn: User
-givenName: Jay
-description:: aGVsbG8gd29ybGQ=
-

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/utils.t

@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-print "This is not a real test, yet...\n";
-print "1..1\n";
-
-print "ok 1\n";

mozilla/directory/perldap/test_api/api.pl

@@ -1,297 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl -w
-#############################################################################
-# $Id: api.pl,v 1.8.2.1 2007-06-14 09:21:18 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#   Clayton Donley
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# DESCRIPTION
-#   api.pl - Test all LDAPv2 API function
-#   Author:  Clayton Donley <donley@wwa.com>
-#
-#   Performs all API calls directly in order to test for possible issues
-#   on a particular platform.
-
-use Mozilla::LDAP::API qw(:api :constant);
-use strict;
-
-my $BASE = "ou=Test,o=Test,c=US";
-my $DN = "cn=Directory Manager";
-my $PASS = "abcd1234";
-my $HOST = "";
-my $PORT = 389;
-
-if (!$HOST)
-{
-   print "Please edit the variables at the top of this file.\n";
-   exit -1;
-}
-
-print "\nPerLDAP API TestSuite\n";
-print "\nNote: Failures in earlier tests will cause later tests to fail.\n";
-print "\n";
-
-my $howmany = 10;
-
-# Initialize the Connection
-{
-my $ld = ldap_init($HOST,$PORT);
-if ($ld <0)
-{
-   print "init			- Failed!\n";
-   die;
-}
-print "init		- OK\n";
-
-# Set an LDAP Session Option
-if (ldap_set_option($ld,LDAP_OPT_PROTOCOL_VERSION,LDAP_VERSION3)
-      != LDAP_SUCCESS)
-{
-   print "set_option	- Failed!\n";
-} else {
-   print "set_option	- OK\n";
-}
-
-# Get an LDAP Session Option
-my $option;
-ldap_get_option($ld,LDAP_OPT_REFERRALS,$option);
-
-if ($option != 1)
-{
-   print "get_option	- Failed!\n";
-} else {
-   print "get_option	- OK\n";
-}
-
-# Anonymous Bind
-if (ldap_simple_bind_s($ld,"","") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
-{
-   print "anon_bind	- Failed!\n";
-} else {
-   print "anon_bind	- OK\n";
-}
-
-# Authenticated Simple Bind
-if (ldap_simple_bind_s($ld,$DN,$PASS) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
-{
-   print "simple_bind	- Failed!\n";
-} else {
-   print "simple_bind	- OK\n";
-}
-
-# Set Rebind Process
-my $rebindproc = sub { return($DN,$PASS,LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE); };
-ldap_set_rebind_proc($ld,$rebindproc);
-print "set_rebind	- OK\n";
-
-# Add an OrgUnit Entry
-my $entry = {
-	"objectclass" => ["top","organizationalUnit"],
-	"ou" => "Test",
-};
-
-if (ldap_add_s($ld,$BASE,$entry) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
-{
-   print "add_org		- Failed!\n";
-} else {
-   print "add_org		- OK\n";
-}
-
-
-# Add People
-foreach my $number (1..$howmany)
-{
-   $entry = {
-	"objectclass" => ["top","person"],
-	"cn" => "Mozilla $number",
-	"sn" => ["$number"],
-   };
-   if (ldap_add_s($ld,"cn=Mozilla $number,$BASE",$entry)
-	 != LDAP_SUCCESS)
-   {
-      print "add_user_$number	- Failed!\n";
-   } else {
-      print "add_user_$number	- OK\n";
-   }
-}
-
-# Modify People
-foreach my $number (1..$howmany)
-{
-   $entry = {
-	"sn" => {"ab",["Test"]},
-        "telephoneNumber" => {"ab",[123.456]},
-#	"telephoneNumber" => "800-555-111$number",
-   };
-   if (ldap_modify_s($ld,"cn=Mozilla $number,$BASE",$entry)
-	  != LDAP_SUCCESS)
-   {
-      print "mod_user_$number	- Failed!\n";
-   } else {
-      print "mod_user_$number	- OK\n";
-   }
-}
-
-
-# Search People
-my $filter = "(sn=Test)";
-my $attrs = ["cn","sn"];
-my $res;
-if (ldap_search_s($ld,$BASE,LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE,$filter,$attrs,0,$res)
-     != LDAP_SUCCESS)
-{
-   print "search_user	- Failed!\n";
-} else {
-   print "search_user	- OK\n";
-}
-
-# Count Results
-if (ldap_count_entries($ld,$res) != $howmany)
-{
-   print "count_res	- Failed!\n";
-} else {
-   print "count_res	- OK\n";
-}
-
-# Sort Results
-if (ldap_sort_entries($ld,$res,"sn") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
-{
-   print "sort_ent	- Failed!\n";
-} else {
-   print "sort_ent	- OK\n";
-}
-
-# Multisort Results
-if (ldap_multisort_entries($ld,$res,["sn","telephoneNumber"]) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
-{
-   print "multisort	- Failed!\n";
-} else {
-   print "multisort	- OK\n";
-}
-
-# Get First Entry
-my $ent = ldap_first_entry($ld,$res);
-if (!$ent)
-{
-   print "first_entry	- Failed!\n";
-} else {
-   print "first_entry	- OK\n";
-}
-
-# Get Next Entry
-$ent = ldap_next_entry($ld,$ent);
-if (!$ent)
-{
-   print "next_entry	- Failed!\n";
-} else {
-   print "next_entry	- OK\n";
-}
-
-# Get DN
-my $dn = ldap_get_dn($ld,$ent);
-if (!$dn)
-{
-   print "get_dn		- Failed!\n";
-} else {
-   print "get_dn		- OK\n";
-}
-
-# Get First Attribute
-my $ber;
-my $attr = ldap_first_attribute($ld,$ent,$ber);
-if (!$attr)
-{
-   print "first_attr	- Failed!\n";
-} else {
-   print "first_attr	- OK\n";
-}
-
-# Get Next Attribute
-$attr = ldap_next_attribute($ld,$ent,$ber);
-if (!$attr)
-{
-   print "next_attr	- Failed!\n";
-} else {
-   print "next_attr	- OK\n";
-}
-
-# Get Attribute Values
-my @vals = ldap_get_values($ld,$ent,$attr);
-if ($#vals < 0)
-{
-   print "get_values	- Failed!\n";
-} else {
-   print "get_values	- OK\n";
-}
-
-# Free structures pointed to by $ber and $res to prevent memory leak
-ldap_ber_free($ber,1);
-ldap_msgfree($res);
-
-# Compare Attribute Values
-foreach my $number (1..$howmany)
-{
-   if(ldap_compare_s($ld,"cn=Mozilla $number,$BASE","sn",$number)
-	 != LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE)
-   {
-      print "comp_user_$number	- Failed!\n";
-   } else {
-      print "comp_user_$number	- OK\n";
-   }
-}
-
-# Delete Users
-foreach my $number (1..$howmany)
-{
-   if (ldap_delete_s($ld,"cn=Mozilla $number,$BASE") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
-   {
-      print "del_user_$number	- Failed!\n";
-   } else {
-      print "del_user_$number	- OK\n";
-   }
-}
-
-if (ldap_delete_s($ld,"$BASE") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
-{
-   print "del_org		- Failed!\n";
-} else {
-   print "del_org		- OK\n";
-}
-
-# Unbind
-ldap_unbind($ld);
-}

mozilla/directory/perldap/test_api/search.pl

@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl
-#############################################################################
-# $Id: search.pl,v 1.5.2.1 2007-06-14 09:21:18 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is PerlDAP.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#   Clayton Donley
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# DESCRIPTION
-#    Test the search capabilities of the API, similar to write.pl.
-
-use Mozilla::LDAP::API qw(:api :constant);
-use strict;
-
-
-my $ldap_host = "";
-my $BASEDN = "o=Org,c=US";
-my $filter = $ARGV[0];
-
-if (!$ldap_host)
-{
-   print "Edit the top portion of this file before continuing.\n";
-   exit -1;
-}
-
-my $attrs = [];
-
-my ($ld,$result,$count);
-
-##
-##  Initialize LDAP Connection
-##
-
-if (($ld = ldap_init($ldap_host,LDAP_PORT)) == -1)
-{
-   die "Can not open LDAP connection to $ldap_host";
-}
-
-##
-##  Bind as DN, PASSWORD (NULL,NULL) on LDAP connection $ld
-##
-
-if (ldap_simple_bind_s($ld,"","") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
-{
-   ldap_perror($ld,"bind_s");
-   die;
-}
-
-##
-## ldap_search_s - Synchronous Search
-##
-
-if (ldap_search_s($ld,$BASEDN,LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE,$filter,$attrs,0,$result) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
-{
-   ldap_perror($ld,"search_s");
-   die;
-}
-
-##
-## ldap_count_entries - Count Matched Entries
-##
-
-if (($count = ldap_count_entries($ld,$result)) == -1)
-{
-   ldap_perror($ld,"count_entry");
-   die;
-}
-
-##
-## first_entry - Get First Matched Entry
-## next_entry  - Get Next Matched Entry
-##
-
-for (my $ent = ldap_first_entry($ld,$result); $ent; $ent = ldap_next_entry($ld,$ent))
-{
-      
-##
-## ldap_get_dn  -  Get DN for Matched Entries
-##
-
-   my ($dn,$attr,@vals,$val,$ber);
-   if (($dn = ldap_get_dn($ld,$ent)) ne "")
-   {
-      print "dn: $dn\n";
-   } else {
-      ldap_perror($ld,"get_dn");
-      die;
-   }
-
-   for ($attr = ldap_first_attribute($ld,$ent,$ber); $attr; $attr = ldap_next_attribute($ld,$ent,$ber))
-   {
-
-##
-## ldap_get_values
-##
-
-      @vals = ldap_get_values($ld,$ent,$attr);
-      if ($#vals >= 0)
-      {
-         foreach $val (@vals)
-         {
-            print "$attr: $val\n";
-         }
-      }
-   }
-   ldap_ber_free($ber,0);
-}
-ldap_msgfree($result);
-
-##
-##  Unbind LDAP Connection
-##
-
-ldap_unbind($ld);
-

mozilla/directory/perldap/test_api/write.pl

@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl -w
-#############################################################################
-# $Id: write.pl,v 1.5.2.1 2007-06-14 09:21:18 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is PerlDAP.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#   Clayton Donley
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# DESCRIPTION
-#   write.pl - Test of LDAP Modify Operations in Perl5
-#   Author:  Clayton Donley <donley@wwa.com>
-#
-#   This utility is mostly to demonstrate all the write operations
-#   that can be done with LDAP through this PERL5 module.
-
-use strict;
-use Mozilla::LDAP::API qw(:constant :api);
-
-
-# This is the entry we will be adding.  Do not use a pre-existing entry.
-my $ENTRYDN = "cn=Test Guy, o=Org, c=US";
-
-# This is the DN and password for an Administrator
-my $ROOTDN = "cn=DSManager,o=Org,c=US";
-my $ROOTPW = "";
-
-my $ldap_server = "";
-
-if (!$ldap_server)
-{
-   print "Edit the top portion of this file before continuing.\n";
-   exit -1;
-}
-
-my $ld = ldap_init($ldap_server,LDAP_PORT);
-
-if ($ld == -1)
-{
-   die "Connection to LDAP Server Failed";
-}
-
-if (ldap_simple_bind_s($ld,$ROOTDN,$ROOTPW) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
-{
-   ldap_perror($ld,"bind_s");
-   die;
-}
-
-my %testwrite = (
-	"cn" => "Test User",
-	"sn" => "User",
-        "givenName" => "Test",
-	"telephoneNumber" => "8475551212",
-	"objectClass" => ["top","person","organizationalPerson",
-           "inetOrgPerson"],
-        "mail" => "tuser\@my.org",
-);
-
-if (ldap_add_s($ld,$ENTRYDN,\%testwrite) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
-{
-   ldap_perror($ld,"add_s");
-   die;
-}
-
-print "Entry Added.\n";
-
-
-%testwrite = (
-	"telephoneNumber" => "7085551212",
-        "mail" => {"a",["Test_User\@my.org"]},
-);
-
-if (ldap_modify_s($ld,$ENTRYDN,\%testwrite) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
-{
-   ldap_perror($ld,"modify_s");
-   die;
-}
-
-print "Entry Modified.\n";
-
-#
-# Delete the entry for $ENTRYDN
-#
-if (ldap_delete_s($ld,$ENTRYDN) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
-{
-   ldap_perror($ld,"delete_s");
-   die;
-}
-
-print "Entry Deleted.\n";
-
-# Unbind to LDAP server
-ldap_unbind($ld);
-
-exit;

mozilla/directory/perldap/typemap

@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-#############################################################################
-# $Id: typemap,v 1.5.2.6 2007-06-14 09:21:15 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#   Clayton Donley
-#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
-#   Kevin McCarthy
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# DESCRIPTION
-#    Typemap to declare XSUB data types.
-
-const int		T_IV
-char *			T_PV
-const char *		T_PV
-char **			T_charptrptr
-void *			T_PTR
-LDAP *			T_PTR
-LDAPMessage *		T_PTR
-LDAPMessage **		T_PTR
-BerElement *		T_PTR
-LDAPControl *		T_PTR
-LDAPVersion *		T_PTR
-struct berval 		T_berval
-struct berval *		T_bervalptr
-struct berval **	T_bervalptrptr
-FriendlyMap *		T_PTR
-LDAPsortkey **		T_PTR
-LDAPVirtualList *	T_PTR
-LDAPURLDesc *		T_PTR
-LDAPControl **		T_PTR
-LDAPFiltDesc *		T_PTR
-LDAPFiltInfo *		T_PTR
-LDAPMemCache *		T_PTR
-LDAPMemCache **		T_PTR
-struct ldap_thread_fns *	T_PTR
-LDAPMod **		T_PTR
-LDAP_CMP_CALLBACK *	T_PTR
-LDAP_REBINDPROC_CALLBACK *	T_PTR
-struct timeval		T_timeval
-my_chgtype_t    T_IV
-my_chgnum_t     T_IV
-my_result_t     T_IV
-my_vlvint_t     T_IV
-
-#########
-INPUT
-T_timeval
-	$var.tv_sec = (long)atof((char *)SvPV($arg,PL_na));
-	$var.tv_usec = 0
-T_berval
-	$var.bv_val = (char *)SvPV($arg,PL_na);
-	$var.bv_len = PL_na
-T_charptrptr
-        $var = (char **)avref2charptrptr($arg)
-T_bervalptr
-    $var = NULL
-T_bervalptrptr
-	$var = (struct berval **)avref2berptrptr($arg)
-OUTPUT
-T_charptrptr
-	$arg = charptrptr2avref($var);
-T_bervalptr
-    if ($var) {
-        sv_setpvn($arg,$var->bv_val,$var->bv_len);
-        ber_bvfree($var);
-    }
-T_bervalptrptr
-	$arg = berptrptr2avref((struct berval **)$var);

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/BitSet.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "BitSet.h"
+
+// Return the next bit after index set to true or -1 if none.
+//
+Int32 BitSet::nextOne(Int32 pos) const
+{
+	++pos;
+
+	if (pos < 0 || Uint32(pos) >= universeSize)
+		return -1;
+
+	Uint32 offset = getWordOffset(pos);
+	Uint8 index = getBitOffset(pos);
+	Word* ptr = &word[offset];
+	Word currentWord = *ptr++ >> index;
+	
+	if (currentWord != Word(0)) {
+		while ((currentWord & Word(1)) == 0) {
+			++index;
+			currentWord >>= 1;
+		}
+		return (offset << nBitsInWordLog2) + index;
+	}
+
+	Word* limit = &word[getSizeInWords(universeSize)];
+	while (ptr < limit) {
+		++offset;
+		currentWord = *ptr++;
+		if (currentWord != Word(0)) {
+			index = 0;
+			while ((currentWord & Word(1)) == 0) {
+				++index;
+				currentWord >>= 1;
+			}
+			return (offset << nBitsInWordLog2) + index;
+		}
+	}
+	return -1;
+}
+
+// Return the next bit after index set to false or -1 if none.
+//
+Int32 BitSet::nextZero(Int32 pos) const
+{
+	++pos;
+
+	if (pos < 0 || Uint32(pos) >= universeSize)
+		return -1;
+
+	Uint32 offset = getWordOffset(pos);
+	Uint8 index = getBitOffset(pos);
+	Word* ptr = &word[offset];
+	Word currentWord = *ptr++ >> index;
+	
+	if (currentWord != Word(~0)) {
+		for (; index < nBitsInWord; ++index) {
+			if ((currentWord & Word(1)) == 0) {
+				Int32 ret = (offset << nBitsInWordLog2) + index;
+				return (Uint32(ret) < universeSize) ? ret : -1;
+			}
+			currentWord >>= 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	Word* limit = &word[getSizeInWords(universeSize)];
+	while (ptr < limit) {
+		++offset;
+		currentWord = *ptr++;
+		if (currentWord != Word(~0)) {
+			for (index = 0; index < nBitsInWord; ++index) {
+				if ((currentWord & Word(1)) == 0) {
+					Int32 ret = (offset << nBitsInWordLog2) + index;
+					return (Uint32(ret) < universeSize) ? ret : -1;
+				}
+				currentWord >>= 1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return -1;
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+
+// Print the set.
+//
+void BitSet::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
+{
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("[ "));
+
+	for (Int32 i = firstOne(); i != -1; i = nextOne(i)) {
+		Int32 currentBit = i;
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%d", currentBit));
+
+		Int32 nextBit = nextOne(currentBit);
+		if (nextBit != currentBit + 1) {
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (" "));
+			continue;
+		}
+		  
+		while ((nextBit != -1) && (nextBit == (currentBit + 1))) {
+			currentBit = nextBit;
+			nextBit = nextOne(nextBit);
+		}
+
+		if (currentBit > (i+1))
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("-%d ", currentBit));
+		else
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (" %d ", currentBit));
+
+		i = currentBit;
+	}
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("]\n"));
+}
+
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/BitSet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BITSET_H_
+#define _BITSET_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "LogModule.h"
+#include "Pool.h"
+#include <string.h>
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// BitSet -
+
+class BitSet
+{
+private:
+
+#if (PR_BITS_PER_WORD == 64)
+	typedef Uint64 Word;
+#elif (PR_BITS_PER_WORD == 32)
+	typedef Uint32 Word;
+#endif
+
+	static const nBitsInWord = 		PR_BITS_PER_WORD;
+	static const nBytesInWord = 	PR_BYTES_PER_WORD;
+	static const nBitsInWordLog2 =	PR_BITS_PER_WORD_LOG2;
+	static const nBytesInWordLog2 = PR_BYTES_PER_WORD_LOG2;
+
+	// Return the number of Word need to store the universe.
+	static Uint32 getSizeInWords(Uint32 sizeOfUniverse) {return (sizeOfUniverse + (nBitsInWord - 1)) >> nBitsInWordLog2;}
+	// Return the given element offset in its containing Word.
+	static Uint32 getBitOffset(Uint32 element) {return element & (nBitsInWord - 1);}
+	// Return the Word offset for the given element int the universe.
+	static Uint32 getWordOffset(Uint32 element) {return element >> nBitsInWordLog2;}
+	// Return the mask for the given bit index.
+	static Word getMask(Uint8 index) {return Word(1) << index;}
+	
+private:
+
+	Uint32							universeSize;			// Size of the universe
+	Word*							word;					// universe memory.
+
+private:
+
+	// No copy constructor.
+	BitSet(const BitSet&);
+
+	// Check if the given set's universe is of the same size than this universe.
+	void checkUniverseCompatibility(const BitSet& set) const {assert(set.universeSize == universeSize);}
+	// Check if pos is valid for this set's universe.
+	void checkMember(Int32 pos) const {assert(pos >=0 && Uint32(pos) < universeSize);}
+
+public:
+
+	// Create a bitset of universeSize bits.
+	BitSet(Pool& pool, Uint32 universeSize) : universeSize(universeSize) {word = new(pool) Word[getSizeInWords(universeSize)]; clear();}
+
+	// Return the size of this bitset.
+	Uint32 getSize() const {return universeSize;}
+
+	// Clear the bitset.
+	void clear() {memset(word, 0x00, getSizeInWords(universeSize) << nBytesInWordLog2);}
+	// Clear the bit at index.
+	void clear(Uint32 index) {checkMember(index); word[getWordOffset(index)] &= ~getMask(index);}
+	// Set the bitset.
+	void set() {memset(word, 0xFF, getSizeInWords(universeSize) << nBytesInWordLog2);}
+	// Set the bit at index.
+	void set(Uint32 index) {checkMember(index); word[getWordOffset(index)] |= getMask(index);}
+	// Return true if the bit at index is set.
+	bool test(Uint32 index) const {checkMember(index); return (word[getWordOffset(index)] & getMask(index)) != 0;}
+	// Union with the given bitset.
+	inline void or(const BitSet& set);
+	// Intersection with the given bitset.
+	inline void and(const BitSet& set);
+	// Difference with the given bitset.
+	inline void difference(const BitSet& set);
+	// Copy set.
+	inline BitSet& operator = (const BitSet& set);
+	// Return true if the bitset are identical.
+	friend bool operator == (const BitSet& set1, const BitSet& set2);
+	// Return true if the bitset are different.
+	friend bool operator != (const BitSet& set1, const BitSet& set2);
+
+	// Logical operators.
+	BitSet& operator |= (const BitSet& set) {or(set); return *this;}
+	BitSet& operator &= (const BitSet& set) {and(set); return *this;}
+	BitSet& operator -= (const BitSet& set) {difference(set); return *this;}
+
+	// Return the first bit at set to true or -1 if none.
+	Int32 firstOne() const {return nextOne(-1);}
+	// Return the next bit after index set to true or -1 if none.
+	Int32 nextOne(Int32 pos) const;
+	// Return the first bit at set to false or -1 if none.
+	Int32 firstZero() const {return nextZero(-1);}
+	// Return the next bit after index set to false or -1 if none.
+	Int32 nextZero(Int32 pos) const;
+
+	// Iterator to conform with the set API.
+	typedef Int32 iterator;
+	// Return true if the walk is ordered.
+	static bool isOrdered() {return true;}
+	// Return the iterator for the first element of this set.
+	iterator begin() const {return firstOne();}
+	// Return the next iterator.
+	iterator advance(iterator pos) const {return nextOne(pos);}
+	// Return true if the iterator is at the end of the set.
+	bool done(iterator pos) const {return pos == -1;}
+	// Return the element corresponding to the given iterator.
+	Uint32 get(iterator pos) const {return pos;}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	// Print the set.
+	void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+};
+
+// Union with the given bitset.
+//
+inline void  BitSet::or(const BitSet& set)
+{
+	checkUniverseCompatibility(set);
+	Word* src = set.word;
+	Word* dst = word;
+	Word* limit = &src[getSizeInWords(universeSize)];
+
+	while (src < limit)
+		*dst++ |= *src++;
+}
+
+// Intersection with the given bitset.
+//
+inline void  BitSet::and(const BitSet& set)
+{
+	checkUniverseCompatibility(set);
+	Word* src = set.word;
+	Word* dst = word;
+	Word* limit = &src[getSizeInWords(universeSize)];
+
+	while (src < limit)
+		*dst++ &= *src++;
+}
+
+// Difference with the given bitset.
+//
+inline void BitSet::difference(const BitSet& set)
+{
+	checkUniverseCompatibility(set);
+	Word* src = set.word;
+	Word* dst = word;
+	Word* limit = &src[getSizeInWords(universeSize)];
+
+	while (src < limit)
+		*dst++ &= ~*src++;
+}
+
+// Copy the given set into this set.
+//
+inline BitSet& BitSet::operator = (const BitSet& set)
+{
+	checkUniverseCompatibility(set);
+	if (this != &set)
+		memcpy(word, set.word, getSizeInWords(universeSize) << nBytesInWordLog2);
+	return *this;
+}
+
+// Return true if the given set is identical to this set.
+inline bool operator == (const BitSet& set1, const BitSet& set2)
+{
+	set1.checkUniverseCompatibility(set2);
+
+	if (&set1 == &set2)
+		return true;
+
+	return memcmp(set1.word, set2.word, BitSet::getSizeInWords(set1.universeSize) << BitSet::nBytesInWordLog2) == 0;
+}
+
+inline bool operator != (const BitSet& set1, const BitSet& set2) {return !(set1 == set2);}
+
+#endif // _BITSET_H

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Coalescing.h

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _COALESCING_H_
+#define _COALESCING_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "Pool.h"
+#include "RegisterPressure.h"
+#include "InterferenceGraph.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "ControlNodes.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "SparseSet.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
+
+#if 1
+// Performing an ultra conservative coalescing meens that when we look at
+// candidates (source,destination) for coalescing we need to make sure
+// that the combined interference of the source and destination register
+// will not exceed the total number of register available for the register
+// class. 
+#define ULTRA_CONSERVATIVE_COALESCING
+#else
+// If we are not doing an ultra conservative coalescing we have to make sure 
+// that the total number of neighbor whose degree is greater than the total 
+// number of register is not greater than the total number of register.
+#undef ULTRA_CONSERVATIVE_COALESCING
+#endif
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+struct Coalescing
+{
+	static bool coalesce(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+};
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+bool Coalescing<RegisterPressure>::coalesce(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
+
+   	// Initialize the lookup table
+	//
+	Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
+	RegisterName* newRange = new RegisterName[2 * rangeCount];
+	RegisterName* coalescedRange = &newRange[rangeCount];
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+
+	init(coalescedRange, rangeCount);
+
+	SparseSet interferences(pool, rangeCount);
+	InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>& iGraph = registerAllocator.iGraph;
+	bool removedInstructions = false;
+
+	ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.lndList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+
+	// Walk the nodes in the loop nesting depth list.
+	for (Int32 n = nNodes - 1; n >= 0; n--) {
+		InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
+
+		InstructionList::iterator it = instructions.begin();
+		while (!instructions.done(it)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(it);
+			it = instructions.advance(it);
+
+			if ((instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) != 0) {
+				assert(instruction.getInstructionUseBegin() != instruction.getInstructionUseEnd() && instruction.getInstructionUseBegin()[0].isRegister());
+				assert(instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin() != instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd() && instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].isRegister());
+
+				RegisterName source = findRoot(name2range[instruction.getInstructionUseBegin()[0].getRegisterName()], coalescedRange);
+				RegisterName destination = findRoot(name2range[instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].getRegisterName()], coalescedRange);
+
+				if (source == destination) {
+					instruction.remove();
+				} else if (!iGraph.interfere(source, destination)) {
+					InterferenceVector* sourceVector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(source);
+					InterferenceVector* destinationVector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(destination);
+
+#ifdef ULTRA_CONSERVATIVE_COALESCING
+					interferences.clear();
+
+					InterferenceVector* vector;
+					for (vector = sourceVector; vector != NULL; vector = vector->next) {
+						RegisterName* neighbors = vector->neighbors;
+						for (Uint32 i = 0; i < vector->count; i++)
+							interferences.set(findRoot(neighbors[i], coalescedRange));
+					}
+					for (vector = destinationVector; vector != NULL; vector = vector->next) {
+						RegisterName* neighbors = vector->neighbors;
+						for (Uint32 i = 0; i < vector->count; i++)
+							interferences.set(findRoot(neighbors[i], coalescedRange));
+					}
+
+					Uint32 count = interferences.getSize();
+#else // ULTRA_CONSERVATIVE_COALESCING
+					trespass("not implemented");
+					Uint32 count = 0;
+#endif // ULTRA_CONSERVATIVE_COALESCING
+
+					if (count < 6 /* FIX: should get the number from the class */) {
+						// Update the interferences vector.
+						if (sourceVector == NULL) {
+							iGraph.setInterferenceVector(source, destinationVector);
+							sourceVector = destinationVector;
+						} else if (destinationVector == NULL)
+							iGraph.setInterferenceVector(destination, sourceVector);
+						else {
+							InterferenceVector* last = NULL;
+							for (InterferenceVector* v = sourceVector; v != NULL; v = v->next)
+								last = v;
+							assert(last);
+							last->next = destinationVector;
+							iGraph.setInterferenceVector(destination, sourceVector);
+						}
+						// Update the interference matrix.
+						for (InterferenceVector* v = sourceVector; v != NULL; v = v->next) {
+							RegisterName* neighbors = v->neighbors;
+							for (Uint32 i = 0; i < v->count; i++) {
+								RegisterName neighbor = findRoot(neighbors[i], coalescedRange);
+								iGraph.setInterference(neighbor, source);
+								iGraph.setInterference(neighbor, destination);
+							}
+						}
+
+						instruction.remove();
+						coalescedRange[source] = destination;
+						removedInstructions = true;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	registerAllocator.rangeCount = compress(registerAllocator.name2range, coalescedRange, registerAllocator.nameCount, rangeCount);
+	delete newRange;
+
+	return removedInstructions;
+}
+
+#endif // _COALESCING_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Coloring.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef NEW_LAURENTM_CODE
+
+#include "Coloring.h"
+#include "VirtualRegister.h"
+#include "FastBitSet.h"
+#include "FastBitMatrix.h"
+#include "CpuInfo.h"
+
+bool Coloring::
+assignRegisters(FastBitMatrix& interferenceMatrix)
+{
+  PRUint32 *stackPtr = new(pool) PRUint32[vRegManager.count()];
+
+  return select(interferenceMatrix, stackPtr, simplify(interferenceMatrix, stackPtr));
+}
+
+PRInt32 Coloring::
+getLowestSpillCostRegister(FastBitSet& bitset)
+{
+  PRInt32 lowest = bitset.firstOne();
+  if (lowest != -1)
+	{
+	  Flt32 cost = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(lowest).spillInfo.spillCost;
+	  for (PRInt32 r = bitset.nextOne(lowest); r != -1; r = bitset.nextOne(r))
+		{
+		  VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(r);
+		  if (!vReg.spillInfo.infiniteSpillCost && (vReg.spillInfo.spillCost < cost))
+			{
+			  cost = vReg.spillInfo.spillCost;
+			  lowest = r;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+  return lowest;
+}
+
+PRUint32* Coloring::
+simplify(FastBitMatrix interferenceMatrix, PRUint32* stackPtr)
+{
+  // first we construct the sets low and high. low contains all nodes of degree
+  // inferior to the number of register available on the processor. All the
+  // nodes with an high degree and a finite spill cost are placed in high.
+  // Nodes of high degree and infinite spill cost are not included in either sets.
+
+  PRUint32 nRegisters = vRegManager.count();
+  FastBitSet low(pool, nRegisters);
+  FastBitSet high(pool, nRegisters);
+  FastBitSet stack(pool, nRegisters);
+
+  for (VirtualRegisterManager::iterator i = vRegManager.begin(); !vRegManager.done(i); i = vRegManager.advance(i))
+	{
+	  VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(i);
+	  
+	  if (vReg.getClass() == vrcStackSlot)
+		{
+		  stack.set(i);
+		  vReg.colorRegister(nRegisters);
+		}
+	  else
+		{
+		  if (vReg.colorInfo.interferenceDegree < NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS)
+			low.set(i);
+		  else // if (!vReg.spillInfo.infiniteSpillCost)
+			high.set(i);
+
+		  // Set coloring info.
+		  vReg.spillInfo.willSpill = false;
+
+		  switch(vReg.getClass())
+			{
+			case vrcInteger:
+			  vReg.colorRegister(LAST_GREGISTER + 1);
+			  break;
+			case vrcFloatingPoint:
+			case vrcFixedPoint:
+			  vReg.colorRegister(LAST_FPREGISTER + 1);
+			  break;
+			default:
+			  PR_ASSERT(false); // Cannot happen.
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+  // push the stack registers
+  PRInt32 j;
+  for (j = stack.firstOne(); j != -1; j = stack.nextOne(j))
+	*stackPtr++ = j;
+
+  // simplify
+  while (true)
+	{
+	  PRInt32 r;
+	  while ((r = getLowestSpillCostRegister(low)) != -1)
+		{
+		  VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(r);
+
+		  /* update low and high */
+		  FastBitSet inter(interferenceMatrix.getRow(r), nRegisters);
+		  for (j = inter.firstOne(); j != -1; j = inter.nextOne(j))
+			{
+			  VirtualRegister& neighbor = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(j);
+			  // if the new interference degree of one of his neighbor becomes
+			  // NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS - 1 then it is added to the set 'low'.
+			  
+			  PRUint32 maxInterference = 0;
+			  switch (neighbor.getClass())
+				{
+				case vrcInteger:
+				  maxInterference = NUMBER_OF_GREGISTERS;
+				  break;
+				case vrcFloatingPoint:
+				case vrcFixedPoint:
+				  maxInterference = NUMBER_OF_FPREGISTERS;
+				  break;
+				default:
+				  PR_ASSERT(false);
+				}
+			  if ((vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(j).colorInfo.interferenceDegree-- == maxInterference))
+				{
+				  high.clear(j);
+				  low.set(j);
+				}
+			  vReg.colorInfo.interferenceDegree--;
+			  interferenceMatrix.clear(r, j);
+			  interferenceMatrix.clear(j, r);
+			}
+		  low.clear(r);
+
+		  // Push this register.
+		  *stackPtr++ = r;
+		}
+	  if ((r = getLowestSpillCostRegister(high)) != -1)
+		{
+		  high.clear(r);
+		  low.set(r);
+		}
+	  else
+		break;
+	}
+
+  return stackPtr;
+}
+
+bool Coloring::
+select(FastBitMatrix& interferenceMatrix, PRUint32* stackBase, PRUint32* stackPtr)
+{
+  PRUint32 nRegisters = vRegManager.count();
+  FastBitSet usedRegisters(NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS + 1); // usedRegisters if used for both GR & FPR.
+  FastBitSet preColoredRegisters(NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS + 1);
+  FastBitSet usedStack(nRegisters + 1);
+  bool success = true;
+  Int32 lastUsedSSR = -1;
+
+  // select
+  while (stackPtr != stackBase)
+	{
+	  // Pop one register.
+	  PRUint32 r = *--stackPtr;
+	  VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(r);
+
+	  FastBitSet neighbors(interferenceMatrix.getRow(r), nRegisters);
+		  
+	  if (vReg.getClass() == vrcStackSlot)
+		// Stack slots coloring.
+		{
+		  usedStack.clear();
+
+		  for (PRInt32 i = neighbors.firstOne(); i != -1; i = neighbors.nextOne(i))
+			usedStack.set(vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(i).getColor());
+
+		  Int32 color = usedStack.firstZero();
+		  vReg.colorRegister(color);
+		  if (color > lastUsedSSR)
+			  lastUsedSSR = color;
+		}
+	  else
+		// Integer & Floating point register coloring.
+		{
+		  usedRegisters.clear();
+		  preColoredRegisters.clear();
+		  
+		  for (PRInt32 i = neighbors.firstOne(); i != -1; i = neighbors.nextOne(i))
+			{
+			  VirtualRegister& nvReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(i);
+			  usedRegisters.set(nvReg.getColor());
+			  if (nvReg.isPreColored())
+				preColoredRegisters.set(nvReg.getPreColor());
+			}
+		  if (vReg.hasSpecialInterference)
+			usedRegisters |= vReg.specialInterference;
+
+		  PRInt8 c = -1;
+		  PRInt8 maxColor = 0;
+		  PRInt8 firstColor = 0;
+		  switch (vReg.getClass())
+			{
+			case vrcInteger:
+			  firstColor = FIRST_GREGISTER;
+			  maxColor = LAST_GREGISTER;
+			  break;
+			case vrcFloatingPoint:
+			case vrcFixedPoint:
+			  firstColor = FIRST_FPREGISTER;
+			  maxColor = LAST_FPREGISTER;
+			  break;
+			default:
+			  PR_ASSERT(false);
+			}
+
+		  if (vReg.isPreColored())
+			{
+			  c = vReg.getPreColor();
+			  if (usedRegisters.test(c))
+				c = -1;
+			}
+		  else
+			{
+			  for (c = usedRegisters.nextZero(firstColor - 1); (c >= 0) && (c <= maxColor) && (preColoredRegisters.test(c)); 
+				   c = usedRegisters.nextZero(c)) {}
+			}
+
+		  if ((c >= 0) && (c <= maxColor))
+			{
+			  vReg.colorRegister(c);
+			}
+		  else
+			{
+			  VirtualRegister& stackRegister = vRegManager.newVirtualRegister(vrcStackSlot);
+			  vReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot] = &stackRegister;	  
+			  vReg.spillInfo.willSpill = true;
+			  success = false;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+  
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  if (success)
+	{
+	  for (VirtualRegisterManager::iterator i = vRegManager.begin(); !vRegManager.done(i); i = vRegManager.advance(i))
+		{
+		  VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(i);
+		  switch (vReg.getClass())
+			{
+			case vrcInteger:
+			  if (vReg.getColor() > LAST_GREGISTER)
+				PR_ASSERT(false);
+			  break;
+			case vrcFloatingPoint:
+			case vrcFixedPoint:
+#if NUMBER_OF_FPREGISTERS != 0
+			  if (vReg.getColor() > LAST_FPREGISTER)
+				PR_ASSERT(false);
+#endif
+			  break;
+			default:
+			  break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+  vRegManager.nUsedStackSlots = lastUsedSSR + 1;
+  return success;
+}
+#endif // NEW_LAURENTM_CODE

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Coloring.h

@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "ControlNodes.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
+#include "VirtualRegister.h"
+#include "InterferenceGraph.h"
+#include "SparseSet.h"
+#include "Spilling.h"
+#include "Splits.h"
+
+UT_EXTERN_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+class Coloring
+{
+private:
+	static RegisterName* simplify(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* coloringStack);
+	static bool select(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* coloringStack, RegisterName* coloringStackPtr);
+
+public:
+	static bool color(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+	static void finalColoring(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+};
+
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void Coloring<RegisterPressure>::finalColoring(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	RegisterName* color = registerAllocator.color;
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+
+	ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
+
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+					usePtr->setRegisterName(color[name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]]);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+					RegisterID rid = usePtr->getRegisterID();
+					setColoredRegister(rid);
+					usePtr->setRegisterID(rid);
+#endif // DEBUG
+				}
+
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
+					definePtr->setRegisterName(color[name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]]);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+					RegisterID rid = definePtr->getRegisterID();
+					setColoredRegister(rid);
+					definePtr->setRegisterID(rid);
+#endif // DEBUG
+				}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+bool Coloring<RegisterPressure>::select(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* coloringStack, RegisterName* coloringStackPtr)
+{
+	Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
+	RegisterName* color = new RegisterName[rangeCount];
+	registerAllocator.color = color;
+
+	for (Uint32 r = 1; r < rangeCount; r++)
+		color[r] = RegisterName(6); // FIX;
+
+	// Color the preColored registers.
+	//
+	VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager = registerAllocator.vrManager;
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+	PreColoredRegister* machineEnd = vrManager.getMachineRegistersEnd();
+	for (PreColoredRegister* machinePtr = vrManager.getMachineRegistersBegin(); machinePtr < machineEnd; machinePtr++)
+		if (machinePtr->id != invalidID) {
+			color[name2range[getName(machinePtr->id)]] = machinePtr->color;
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\twill preColor range %d as %d\n", name2range[getName(machinePtr->id)], machinePtr->color));
+		}
+
+	SpillCost* cost = registerAllocator.spillCost;
+	Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
+	SparseSet& spill = *new(pool) SparseSet(pool, rangeCount);
+	registerAllocator.willSpill = &spill;
+	SparseSet neighborColors(pool, 6); // FIX
+	InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>& iGraph = registerAllocator.iGraph;
+
+	bool coloringFailed = false;
+	while (coloringStackPtr > coloringStack) {
+		RegisterName range = *--coloringStackPtr;
+
+		if (!cost[range].infinite && cost[range].cost < 0) {
+			coloringFailed = true;
+			spill.set(range);
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tfailed to color %d, will spill.\n", range));
+		} else {
+			neighborColors.clear();
+
+			for (InterferenceVector* vector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(range); vector != NULL; vector = vector->next)
+				for (Int32 i = vector->count - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
+					RegisterName neighborColor = color[vector->neighbors[i]];
+					if (neighborColor < 6) // FIX
+						neighborColors.set(neighborColor);
+				}
+
+			if (neighborColors.getSize() == 6) { // FIX
+				coloringFailed = true;
+				UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tfailed to color %d, ", range));
+
+				if (!Splits<RegisterPressure>::findSplit(registerAllocator, color, range)) {
+					UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("will spill.\n"));
+					spill.set(range);
+				} else
+					UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("will split.\n"));
+			} else {
+				for (Uint32 i = 0; i < 6; i++) // FIX
+					if (!neighborColors.test(i)) {
+						fprintf(stdout, "\twill color %d as %d\n", range, i);
+						color[range] = RegisterName(i);
+						break;
+					}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	if (coloringFailed) {
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Coloring failed:\n"));
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\twill spill: "));
+		spill.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc));
+	} else {
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Coloring succeeded:\n"));
+		for (Uint32 i = 1; i < rangeCount; i++)
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\trange %d colored as %d\n", i, color[i]));
+	}
+#endif
+
+	return !coloringFailed;
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+RegisterName* Coloring<RegisterPressure>::simplify(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* coloringStack)
+{
+	InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>& iGraph = registerAllocator.iGraph;
+	SpillCost* spillCost = registerAllocator.spillCost;
+	Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
+
+	Uint32* degree = new Uint32[rangeCount];
+	for (RegisterName i = RegisterName(1); i < rangeCount; i = RegisterName(i + 1)) {
+		InterferenceVector* vector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(i);
+		degree[i] = (vector != NULL) ? vector->count : 0;
+	}
+
+	Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
+	SparseSet low(pool, rangeCount);
+	SparseSet high(pool, rangeCount);
+	SparseSet highInfinite(pool, rangeCount);
+	SparseSet preColored(pool, rangeCount);
+
+	// Get the precolored registers.
+	//
+	VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager = registerAllocator.vrManager;
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+	PreColoredRegister* machineEnd = vrManager.getMachineRegistersEnd();
+	for (PreColoredRegister* machinePtr = vrManager.getMachineRegistersBegin(); machinePtr < machineEnd; machinePtr++)
+		if (machinePtr->id != invalidID)
+			preColored.set(name2range[getName(machinePtr->id)]);
+
+	// Insert the live ranges in the sets.
+	//
+	for (Uint32 range = 1; range < rangeCount; range++)
+		if (!preColored.test(range))
+			if (degree[range] < 6) // FIX
+				low.set(range);
+			else if (!spillCost[range].infinite)
+				high.set(range);
+			else
+				highInfinite.set(range);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Coloring sets:\n\tlow = "));
+	low.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc));
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\thigh = "));
+	high.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc));
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\thighInfinite = "));
+	highInfinite.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc));
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tpreColored = "));
+	preColored.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc));
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+
+	RegisterName* coloringStackPtr = coloringStack;
+
+	while (low.getSize() != 0 || high.getSize() != 0) {
+		while (low.getSize() != 0) {
+			RegisterName range = RegisterName(low.getOne());
+			low.clear(range);
+			*coloringStackPtr++ = range;
+
+			for (InterferenceVector* vector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(range); vector != NULL; vector = vector->next)
+				for (Int32 i = (vector->count - 1); i >= 0; --i) {
+					RegisterName neighbor = vector->neighbors[i];
+					degree[neighbor]--;
+
+					if (degree[neighbor] < 6) // FIX
+						if (high.test(neighbor)) {
+							high.clear(neighbor);
+							low.set(neighbor);
+						} else if (highInfinite.test(neighbor)) {
+							highInfinite.clear(neighbor);
+							low.set(neighbor);
+						}
+				}
+		}
+
+		if (high.getSize() != 0) {
+			RegisterName best = RegisterName(high.getOne());
+			double bestCost = spillCost[best].cost;
+			double bestDegree = degree[best];
+
+			// Choose the next best candidate.
+			//
+			for (SparseSet::iterator i = high.begin(); !high.done(i); i = high.advance(i)) {
+				RegisterName range = RegisterName(high.get(i));
+				double thisCost = spillCost[range].cost;
+				double thisDegree = degree[range];
+
+				if (thisCost * bestDegree < bestCost * thisDegree) {
+					best = range;
+					bestCost = thisCost;
+					bestDegree = thisDegree;
+				}
+			}
+			
+			high.clear(best);
+			low.set(best);
+		}
+ 	}
+	assert(highInfinite.getSize() == 0);
+
+	delete degree;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Coloring stack:\n\t"));
+	for (RegisterName* sp = coloringStack; sp < coloringStackPtr; ++sp)
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%d ", *sp));
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+
+	return coloringStackPtr;
+}
+
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+bool Coloring<RegisterPressure>::color(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	RegisterName* coloringStack = new RegisterName[registerAllocator.rangeCount];
+	return select(registerAllocator, coloringStack, simplify(registerAllocator, coloringStack));
+}

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/DominatorGraph.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include <string.h>
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "ControlNodes.h"
+
+#include "DominatorGraph.h"
+
+DominatorGraph::DominatorGraph(ControlGraph& controlGraph) : controlGraph(controlGraph)
+{
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	GtoV = new Uint32[nNodes + 1];
+	VtoG = new Uint32[nNodes + 1];
+
+	Uint32 v = 1;
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		VtoG[v] = n;
+		GtoV[n] = v++;
+	}
+
+	// Initialize all the 1-based arrays.
+	//
+	parent =	new Uint32[v];
+	semi =		new Uint32[v];
+	vertex =	new Uint32[v];
+	label =		new Uint32[v];
+	size =		new Uint32[v];
+	ancestor =	new Uint32[v];
+	child =		new Uint32[v];
+	dom =		new Uint32[v];
+	bucket =	new DGLinkedList*[v];
+
+	memset(semi, '\0', v * sizeof(Uint32));
+	memset(bucket, '\0', v * sizeof(DGLinkedList*));
+
+	vCount = v;
+
+	build();
+
+	delete parent;
+	delete semi;
+	delete vertex;
+	delete label;
+	delete size;
+	delete ancestor;
+	delete child;
+	delete dom;
+	delete bucket;
+}
+
+Uint32 DominatorGraph::DFS(Uint32 vx, Uint32 n)
+{
+	semi[vx] = ++n;
+	vertex[n] = label[vx] = vx;
+	ancestor[vx] = child[vx] = 0;
+	size[vx] = 1;
+
+
+	ControlNode& node = *controlGraph.dfsList[VtoG[vx]];
+	ControlEdge* successorEnd = node.getSuccessorsEnd();
+	for (ControlEdge* successorPtr = node.getSuccessorsBegin(); successorPtr < successorEnd; successorPtr++) {
+		Uint32 w = GtoV[successorPtr->getTarget().dfsNum];
+		if (semi[w] == 0) {
+			parent[w] = vx;
+			n = DFS(w, n);
+		}
+	}
+	return n;
+}
+
+void DominatorGraph::LINK(Uint32 vx, Uint32 w)
+{
+    Uint32 s = w;
+
+	while (semi[label[w]] < semi[label[child[s]]]) {
+		if (size[s] + size[child[child[s]]] >= (size[child[s]] << 1)) {
+			ancestor[child[s]] = s;
+			child[s] = child[child[s]];
+		} else {
+			size[child[s]] = size[s];
+			s = ancestor[s] = child[s];
+		}
+	}
+	label[s] = label[w];
+	size[vx] += size[w];
+	if(size[vx] < (size[w] << 1)) {
+		Uint32 t = s;
+		s = child[vx]; 
+		child[vx] = t;
+	}
+	while( s != 0 ) {
+		ancestor[s] = vx;
+		s = child[s];
+	}
+}
+
+
+void DominatorGraph::COMPRESS(Uint32 vx)
+{
+	if(ancestor[ancestor[vx]] != 0) {
+		COMPRESS(ancestor[vx]);
+		if(semi[label[ancestor[vx]]] < semi[label[vx]])
+			label[vx] = label[ancestor[vx]];
+		ancestor[vx] = ancestor[ancestor[vx]];
+	}
+}
+
+Uint32 DominatorGraph::EVAL(Uint32 vx)
+{
+	if(ancestor[vx] == 0) 
+		return label[vx];
+	COMPRESS(vx);
+	return (semi[label[ancestor[vx]]] >= semi[label[vx]]) ? label[vx] : label[ancestor[vx]];
+}
+
+void DominatorGraph::build()
+{
+	Uint32 n = DFS(GtoV[0], 0);
+	size[0] = label[0] = semi[0];
+
+	for (Uint32 i = n; i >= 2; i--) {
+		Uint32 w = vertex[i];
+
+		ControlNode& node = *controlGraph.dfsList[VtoG[w]];
+		const DoublyLinkedList<ControlEdge>& predecessors = node.getPredecessors();
+		for (DoublyLinkedList<ControlEdge>::iterator p = predecessors.begin(); !predecessors.done(p); p = predecessors.advance(p)) {
+			Uint32 vx = GtoV[predecessors.get(p).getSource().dfsNum];
+			Uint32 u = EVAL(vx);
+
+			if(semi[u] < semi[w])
+				semi[w] = semi[u];
+		}
+
+		DGLinkedList* elem = new DGLinkedList();
+		elem->next = bucket[vertex[semi[w]]];
+		elem->index = w;
+		bucket[vertex[semi[w]]] = elem;
+
+		LINK(parent[w], w);
+
+		elem = bucket[parent[w]];
+		while(elem != NULL) {
+			Uint32 vx = elem->index;
+			Uint32 u = EVAL(vx);
+			dom[vx] = (semi[u] < semi[vx]) ? u : parent[w];
+			elem = elem->next;
+		}
+	}
+
+	memset(size, '\0', n * sizeof(Uint32));
+	Pool& pool = controlGraph.pool;
+	nodes = new(pool) DGNode[n];
+
+	for(Uint32 j = 2; j <= n; j++) {
+		Uint32 w = vertex[j];
+		Uint32 d = dom[w];
+		if(d != vertex[semi[w]]) {
+			d = dom[d];
+			dom[w] = d;
+		}
+		size[d]++;
+	}
+	dom[GtoV[0]] = 0;
+
+	for (Uint32 k = 1; k <= n; k++) {
+		DGNode& node = nodes[VtoG[k]];
+		Uint32 count = size[k];
+		node.successorsEnd = node.successorsBegin = (count) ? new(pool) Uint32[count] : (Uint32*) 0;
+	}
+
+	for (Uint32 l = 2; l <= n; l++)
+		*(nodes[VtoG[dom[l]]].successorsEnd)++ = VtoG[l];
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+void DominatorGraph::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
+{
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Dominator Graph:\n"));
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+	for (Uint32 i = 0; i < nNodes; i++) {
+		DGNode& node = nodes[i];
+		if (node.successorsBegin !=  node.successorsEnd) {
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tN%d dominates ", i));
+			for (Uint32* successorsPtr = node.successorsBegin; successorsPtr < node.successorsEnd; successorsPtr++)
+				UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("N%d ", *successorsPtr));
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+
+
+

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/DominatorGraph.h

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DOMINATOR_GRAPH_H_
+#define _DOMINATOR_GRAPH_H_
+
+#include "LogModule.h"
+
+class ControlGraph;
+
+struct DGNode
+{
+	Uint32* successorsBegin;
+	Uint32* successorsEnd;
+};
+
+struct DGLinkedList
+{
+	DGLinkedList* next;
+	Uint32 index;
+};
+
+class DominatorGraph
+{
+private:
+
+	ControlGraph&	controlGraph;
+
+	Uint32			vCount;
+
+	Uint32*			VtoG;
+	Uint32*			GtoV;
+	Uint32*			parent;
+	Uint32*			semi;
+	Uint32*			vertex;
+	Uint32*			label;
+	Uint32*			size;
+	Uint32*			ancestor;
+	Uint32*			child;
+	Uint32*			dom;
+	DGLinkedList**	bucket;
+	DGNode*			nodes;
+	
+private:
+
+	void build();
+
+	Uint32 DFS(Uint32 vx, Uint32 n);
+	void LINK(Uint32 vx, Uint32 w);
+	void COMPRESS(Uint32 vx);
+	Uint32 EVAL(Uint32 vx);
+
+public:
+
+	DominatorGraph(ControlGraph& controlGraph);
+
+	Uint32* getSuccessorsBegin(Uint32 n) const {return nodes[n].successorsBegin;}
+	Uint32* getSuccessorsEnd(Uint32 n) const {return nodes[n].successorsEnd;}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+};
+
+#endif // _DOMINATOR_GRAPH_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/HashSet.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "HashSet.h"

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/HashSet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HASH_SET_H_
+#define _HASH_SET_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "Pool.h"
+#include <string.h>
+
+struct HashSetElement
+{
+	Uint32 index;
+	HashSetElement* next;
+};
+
+class HashSet
+{
+private:
+
+	static const hashSize = 64;
+
+	// Return the hash code for the given element index.
+	static Uint32 getHashCode(Uint32 index) {return index & (hashSize - 1);} // Could be better !
+
+private:
+
+	Pool&					allocationPool;
+	HashSetElement**		bucket;
+	HashSetElement*			free;
+
+private:
+
+	// No copy constructor.
+	HashSet(const HashSet&);
+	// No copy operator.
+	void operator = (const HashSet&);
+
+public:
+
+	// Create a new HashSet.
+	inline HashSet(Pool& pool, Uint32 universeSize);
+
+	// Clear the hashset.
+	void clear();
+	// Clear the element for the given index.
+	void clear(Uint32 index);
+	// Set the element for the given index.
+	void set(Uint32 index);
+	// Return true if the element at index is a member.
+	bool test(Uint32 index) const;
+	// Union with the given hashset.
+	inline void or(const HashSet& set);
+	// Intersection with the given hashset.
+	inline void and(const HashSet& set);
+	// Difference with the given hashset.
+	inline void difference(const HashSet& set);
+
+	// Logical operators.
+	HashSet& operator |= (const HashSet& set) {or(set); return *this;}
+	HashSet& operator &= (const HashSet& set) {and(set); return *this;}
+	HashSet& operator -= (const HashSet& set) {difference(set); return *this;}
+
+	// Iterator to conform with the set API.
+	typedef HashSetElement* iterator;
+	// Return the iterator for the first element of this set.
+	iterator begin() const;
+	// Return the next iterator.
+	iterator advance(iterator pos) const;
+	// Return true if the iterator is at the end of the set.
+	bool done(iterator pos) const {return pos == NULL;}
+};
+
+
+inline HashSet::HashSet(Pool& pool, Uint32 /*universeSize*/)
+	: allocationPool(pool), free(NULL)
+{
+	bucket = new(pool) HashSetElement*[hashSize];
+	memset(bucket, '\0', sizeof(HashSetElement*));
+}
+
+#endif // _HASH_SET_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/IndexedPool.h

@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _INDEXED_POOL_H_
+#define _INDEXED_POOL_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// IndexedPool<IndexedObjectSubclass> is an indexed pool of objects. The
+// template parameter 'IndexedObjectSubclass' must be a subclass of the struct
+// IndexedObject.
+// 
+// When the indexed pool is ask to allocate and initialize a new object (using
+// the operator new(anIndexedPool) it will zero the memory used to store the
+// object and initialize the field 'index' of this object to its position in
+// the pool.
+//
+// An object allocated by the indexed pool can be freed by calling the method
+// IndexedPool::release(IndexedElement& objectIndex).
+//
+// example:
+//
+//   IndexedPool<IndexedElement> elementPool;
+//
+//   IndexedElement& element1 = *new(elementPool) IndexedElement();
+//   IndexedElement& element2 = *new(elementPool) IndexedElement();
+//
+//   indexedPool.release(element1);
+//   IndexedElement& element3 = *new(elementPool) IndexedElement();
+//
+//  At this point element1 is no longer a valid object, element2 is at
+//  index 2 and element3 is at index 1.
+//
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// IndexedObject -
+//
+
+template<class Object>
+struct IndexedObject
+{
+	Uint32			index;				// Index in the pool.
+	Object*			next;				// Used to link IndexedObject together.
+
+	Uint32 getIndex() {return index;}
+};
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// IndexedPool<IndexedObject> -
+//
+
+template <class IndexedObject>
+class IndexedPool
+{
+private:
+
+	static const	blockSize = 4;		// Size of one block.
+
+	Uint32			nBlocks;			// Number of blocks in the pool.
+	IndexedObject**	block;				// Array of block pointers.
+	IndexedObject*  freeObjects;		// Chained list of free IndexedObjects.
+	Uint32			nextIndex;			// Index of the next free object in the last block. 
+
+private:
+
+	void allocateAnotherBlock();
+	IndexedObject& newObject();
+
+public:
+
+	IndexedPool() : nBlocks(0), block(NULL), freeObjects(NULL), nextIndex(1) {}
+	~IndexedPool();
+
+	IndexedObject& get(Uint32 index) const;
+	void release(IndexedObject& object);
+
+	void setSize(Uint32 size) {assert(size < nextIndex); nextIndex = size;}
+
+	// Return the universe size.
+	Uint32 getSize() {return nextIndex;}
+
+	friend void* operator new(size_t, IndexedPool<IndexedObject>& pool); // Needs to call newObject().
+};
+
+// Free all the memory allocated for this object.
+//
+template <class IndexedObject>
+IndexedPool<IndexedObject>::~IndexedPool()
+{
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nBlocks; n++)
+		free(&((IndexedObject **) &block[n][n*blockSize])[-(n + 1)]);
+}
+
+// Release the given. This object will be iserted in the chained
+// list of free IndexedObjects. To minimize the fragmentation the chained list 
+// is ordered by ascending indexes.
+//
+template <class IndexedObject>
+void IndexedPool<IndexedObject>::release(IndexedObject& object)
+{
+	Uint32 index = object.index;
+	IndexedObject* list = freeObjects;
+
+	assert(&object == &get(index)); // Make sure that object is owned by this pool.
+
+	if (list == NULL) { // The list is empty.
+		freeObjects = &object;
+		object.next = NULL;
+	} else { // The list contains at least 1 element.
+		if (index < list->index) { // insert as first element.
+			freeObjects = &object;
+			object.next = list;
+		} else { // Find this object's place.
+			while ((list->next) != NULL && (list->next->index < index))
+				list = list->next;
+
+			object.next = list->next;
+			list->next = &object;
+		}
+	}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	// Sanity check to be sure that the list is correctly ordered.
+	for (IndexedObject* obj = freeObjects; obj != NULL; obj = obj->next)
+		if (obj->next != NULL)
+			assert(obj->index < obj->next->index);
+#endif
+}
+
+// Create a new block of IndexedObjects. We will allocate the memory to
+// store IndexedPool::blockSize IndexedObject and the new Array of block
+// pointers.
+// The newly created IndexedObjects will not be initialized.
+//
+template <class IndexedObject>
+void IndexedPool<IndexedObject>::allocateAnotherBlock()
+{
+	void* memory = (void *) malloc((nBlocks + 1) * sizeof(Uint32) + blockSize * sizeof(IndexedObject));
+
+	memcpy(memory, block, nBlocks * sizeof(Uint32));
+
+	block = (IndexedObject **) memory;
+	IndexedObject* objects = (IndexedObject *) &block[nBlocks + 1];
+
+	block[nBlocks] = &objects[-(nBlocks * blockSize)];
+	nBlocks++;
+}
+
+// Return the IndexedObject at the position 'index' in the pool.
+//
+template <class IndexedObject>
+IndexedObject& IndexedPool<IndexedObject>::get(Uint32 index) const
+{
+	Uint32 blockIndex = index / blockSize;
+	assert(blockIndex < nBlocks);
+
+	return block[blockIndex][index];
+}
+
+// Return the reference of an unused object in the pool.
+//
+template <class IndexedObject>
+IndexedObject& IndexedPool<IndexedObject>::newObject()
+{
+	if (freeObjects != NULL) {
+		IndexedObject& newObject = *freeObjects;
+		freeObjects = newObject.next;
+		return newObject;
+	}
+	
+	Uint32 nextIndex = this->nextIndex++;
+	Uint32 blockIndex = nextIndex / blockSize;
+
+	while (blockIndex >= nBlocks)
+		allocateAnotherBlock();
+	
+	IndexedObject& newObject = block[blockIndex][nextIndex];
+	newObject.index = nextIndex;
+
+	return newObject;
+}
+
+// Return the address of the next unsused object in the given
+// indexed pool. The field index of the newly allocated object
+// will be initialized to the corresponding index of this object
+// in the pool.
+//
+template <class IndexedObject>
+void* operator new(size_t size, IndexedPool<IndexedObject>& pool)
+{
+	assert(size == sizeof(IndexedObject));
+	return (void *) &pool.newObject();
+}
+
+#endif // _INDEXED_POOL_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/InterferenceGraph.h

@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _INTERFERENCE_GRAPH_H_
+#define _INTERFERENCE_GRAPH_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "Primitives.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "VirtualRegister.h"
+#include "RegisterPressure.h"
+#include "SparseSet.h"
+#include <string.h>
+
+struct InterferenceVector
+{
+	Uint32				count;
+	InterferenceVector*	next;
+	RegisterName*		neighbors;
+
+	InterferenceVector() : count(0), next(NULL) {}
+};
+
+class RegisterAllocator;
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+class InterferenceGraph
+{
+private:
+
+	RegisterAllocator&			registerAllocator;
+
+	RegisterPressure::Set*		interferences;
+	InterferenceVector**		vector;
+	Uint32*						offset;
+	Uint32 						rangeCount;
+
+private:
+
+	// No copy constructor.
+	InterferenceGraph(const InterferenceGraph&);
+	// No copy operator.
+	void operator = (const InterferenceGraph&);
+
+	// Check if reg is a member of the universe.
+	void checkMember(RegisterName name) {assert(name < rangeCount);}
+	// Return the edge index for the interference between name1 and name2.
+	Uint32 getEdgeIndex(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2);
+
+public:
+	InterferenceGraph(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator) : registerAllocator(registerAllocator) {}
+
+	// Calculate the interferences.
+	void build();
+	// Return true if reg1 and reg2 interfere.
+	bool interfere(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2);
+	// Return the interference vector for the given register or NULL if there is none.
+	InterferenceVector* getInterferenceVector(RegisterName name) {return vector[name];}
+	// Set the interference between name1 and name2.
+	void setInterference(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2);
+	// Set the interference vector for the given register.
+	void setInterferenceVector(RegisterName name, InterferenceVector* v) {vector[name] = v;}
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	// Print the interferences.
+	void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+};
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>::build()
+{
+	Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
+	Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
+	this->rangeCount = rangeCount;
+
+	// Initialize the structures.
+	//
+	offset = new(pool) Uint32[rangeCount + 1];
+	vector = new(pool) InterferenceVector*[rangeCount];
+	memset(vector, '\0', sizeof(InterferenceVector*) * rangeCount);
+
+	Uint32 o = 0;
+	offset[0] = 0;
+	for (Uint32 i = 1; i <= rangeCount; ++i) {
+		offset[i] = o;
+		o += i;
+	}
+	
+	interferences = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set(pool, (rangeCount * rangeCount) / 2);
+
+	ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+	LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> liveness = Liveness<RegisterPressure>::analysis(controlGraph, rangeCount, name2range);
+	registerAllocator.liveness = liveness;
+	SparseSet currentLive(pool, rangeCount);
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
+		currentLive = liveness.liveOut[n];
+
+		InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.retreat(i)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+			InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			InstructionUse* usePtr;
+			InstructionDefine* defineBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			InstructionDefine* definePtr;
+
+			// Handle the copy instruction to avoid unnecessary interference between the 2 registers.
+			if ((instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) != 0) {
+				assert(useBegin != useEnd && useBegin[0].isRegister());
+				currentLive.clear(name2range[useBegin[0].getRegisterName()]);
+			}
+
+			// Create the interferences.
+			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
+					RegisterName define = name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()];
+
+					for (SparseSet::iterator e = currentLive.begin(); !currentLive.done(e); e = currentLive.advance(e)) {
+						RegisterName live = RegisterName(currentLive.get(e));
+
+						if ((live != define) && !interfere(live, define) && registerAllocator.canInterfere(live, define)) {
+
+							if (vector[define] == NULL)
+								vector[define] = new(pool) InterferenceVector();
+							vector[define]->count++;
+
+							if (vector[live] == NULL)
+								vector[live] = new(pool) InterferenceVector();
+							vector[live]->count++;
+
+							setInterference(live, define);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+			// Now update the liveness.
+			//
+			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					currentLive.clear(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+
+			for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister())
+					currentLive.set(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Allocate the memory to store the interferences.
+	//
+	for (Uint32 e = 0; e < rangeCount; e++)
+		if (vector[e] != NULL) {
+			InterferenceVector& v = *vector[e];
+			v.neighbors = new(pool) RegisterName[v.count];
+			v.count = 0;
+		}
+
+	// Initialize the edges.
+	//
+	if (RegisterPressure::Set::isOrdered()) {
+		RegisterName name1 = RegisterName(0);
+
+		for (RegisterPressure::Set::iterator i = interferences->begin(); !interferences->done(i); i = interferences->advance(i)) {
+			Uint32 interferenceIndex = interferences->get(i);
+
+			while(interferenceIndex >= offset[name1 + 1])
+				name1 = RegisterName(name1 + 1);
+
+			assert((interferenceIndex >= offset[name1]) && (interferenceIndex < offset[name1 + 1]));
+
+			RegisterName name2 = RegisterName(interferenceIndex - offset[name1]);
+
+			assert(interfere(name1, name2));
+
+			InterferenceVector& vector1 = *vector[name1];
+			vector1.neighbors[vector1.count++] = name2;
+		
+			InterferenceVector& vector2 = *vector[name2];
+			vector2.neighbors[vector2.count++] = name1;
+		}
+	} else {
+		trespass("not Implemented"); // FIX: need one more pass to initialize the vectors.
+	}
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+Uint32 InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>::getEdgeIndex(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2)
+{
+	checkMember(name1); checkMember(name2);
+	assert(name1 != name2); // This is not possible.
+	return (name1 < name2) ? offset[name2] + name1 : offset[name1] + name2;
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>::setInterference(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2)
+{
+	interferences->set(getEdgeIndex(name1, name2));
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+bool InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>::interfere(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2)
+{
+	return interferences->test(getEdgeIndex(name1, name2));
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
+{
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Interference Vectors:\n"));
+	for (Uint32 i = 1; i < rangeCount; i++) {
+		if (vector[i] != NULL) {
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tvr%d: (", i));
+			for (InterferenceVector* v = vector[i]; v != NULL; v = v->next)
+				for (Uint32 j = 0; j < v->count; j++) {
+					UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%d", v->neighbors[j]));
+					if (v->next != NULL || j != (v->count - 1))
+						UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (","));
+				}
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (")\n"));
+		}
+	}
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Interference Matrix:\n"));
+	for (RegisterName name1 = RegisterName(1); name1 < rangeCount; name1 = RegisterName(name1 + 1)) {
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\t%d:\t", name1));
+		for (RegisterName name2 = RegisterName(1); name2 < rangeCount; name2 = RegisterName(name2 + 1))
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%c", ((name1 != name2) && interfere(name1, name2)) ? '1' : '0'));
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
+	}
+}
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+
+#endif // _INTERFERENCE_GRAPH_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/LiveRange.h

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LIVE_RANGE_H_
+#define _LIVE_RANGE_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "ControlNodes.h"
+#include "Primitives.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+struct LiveRange
+{
+	static void build(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+};
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void LiveRange<RegisterPressure>::build(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	// Intialize the lookup table.
+	//
+	Uint32 nameCount = registerAllocator.nameCount;
+	RegisterName* nameTable = new(registerAllocator.pool) RegisterName[2*nameCount];
+	RegisterName* rangeName = &nameTable[nameCount];
+
+	init(rangeName, nameCount);
+
+	// Walk the graph.
+	//
+	ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	SparseSet destination(registerAllocator.pool, nameCount);
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		InstructionList& phiNodes = nodes[n]->getPhiNodeInstructions();
+
+		destination.clear();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(i); i = phiNodes.advance(i)) {
+			Instruction& phiNode = phiNodes.get(i);
+			assert(phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin() != phiNode.getInstructionDefineEnd() && phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].isRegister());
+			destination.set(findRoot(phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].getRegisterName(), rangeName));
+		}
+
+		for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
+			Instruction& phiNode = phiNodes.get(p);
+
+			assert(phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin() != phiNode.getInstructionDefineEnd() && phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].isRegister());
+			RegisterName destinationName = phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].getRegisterName();
+			RegisterName destinationRoot = findRoot(destinationName, rangeName);
+
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = phiNode.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			for (InstructionUse* usePtr = phiNode.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++) {
+				assert(usePtr->isRegister());
+				RegisterName sourceName = usePtr->getRegisterName();
+				RegisterName sourceRoot = findRoot(sourceName, rangeName);
+
+				if (sourceRoot != destinationRoot && !destination.test(sourceRoot))
+					rangeName[sourceRoot] = destinationRoot;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	registerAllocator.rangeCount = compress(registerAllocator.name2range, rangeName, nameCount, nameCount);
+}
+
+#endif // _LIVE_RANGE_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/LiveRangeGraph.h

@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LIVE_RANGE_GRAPH_
+#define _LIVE_RANGE_GRAPH_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "Pool.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "ControlNodes.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "RegisterTypes.h"
+
+class RegisterAllocator;
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+class LiveRangeGraph
+{
+private:
+
+	RegisterAllocator&		registerAllocator;
+
+	RegisterPressure::Set*	edges;
+	Uint32					rangeCount;
+
+public:
+	//
+	//
+	LiveRangeGraph(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator) : registerAllocator(registerAllocator) {}
+
+	//
+	//
+	void build();
+
+	//
+	//
+	void addEdge(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2);
+
+	//
+	//
+	bool haveEdge(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	//
+	//
+	void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+};
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void LiveRangeGraph<RegisterPressure>::build()
+{
+	Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
+	Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
+	this->rangeCount = rangeCount;
+
+	edges = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set(pool, rangeCount * rangeCount);
+
+	ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+	LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure>& liveness = registerAllocator.liveness;
+	SparseSet currentLive(pool, rangeCount);
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
+		currentLive = liveness.liveOut[n];
+
+		InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.retreat(i)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+			InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			InstructionUse* usePtr;
+			InstructionDefine* defineBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			InstructionDefine* definePtr;
+
+			if ((instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) != 0) {
+				assert(useBegin != useEnd && useBegin[0].isRegister());
+				currentLive.clear(name2range[useBegin[0].getRegisterName()]);
+			}
+
+			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
+					RegisterName define = name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()];
+
+					for (SparseSet::iterator l = currentLive.begin(); !currentLive.done(l); l = currentLive.advance(l)) {
+						RegisterName live = RegisterName(currentLive.get(l));
+						if (define != live && registerAllocator.canInterfere(define, live))
+							addEdge(define, live);
+					}
+				}
+
+			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					currentLive.clear(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+
+			for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister())
+					currentLive.set(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+
+			for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+					RegisterName use = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
+
+					for (SparseSet::iterator l = currentLive.begin(); !currentLive.done(l); l = currentLive.advance(l)) {
+						RegisterName live = RegisterName(currentLive.get(l));
+						if (use != live && registerAllocator.canInterfere(use, live))
+							addEdge(use, live);
+					}
+				}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void LiveRangeGraph<RegisterPressure>::addEdge(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2)
+{
+	assert(name1 != name2);
+	edges->set(name1 * rangeCount + name2);
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+bool LiveRangeGraph<RegisterPressure>::haveEdge(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2)
+{
+	assert(name1 != name2);
+	return edges->test(name1 * rangeCount + name2);
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void LiveRangeGraph<RegisterPressure>::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
+{
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Live ranges graph:\n"));
+	for (RegisterName name1 = RegisterName(1); name1 < rangeCount; name1 = RegisterName(name1 + 1)) {
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\t%d:\t", name1));
+		for (RegisterName name2 = RegisterName(1); name2 < rangeCount; name2 = RegisterName(name2 + 1))
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%c", ((name1 != name2) && haveEdge(name1, name2)) ? '1' : '0'));
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
+	}
+}
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+
+#endif // _LIVE_RANGE_GRAPH_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Liveness.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "Liveness.h"
+

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Liveness.h

@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LIVENESS_H_
+#define _LIVENESS_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "ControlNodes.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "RegisterTypes.h"
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// LivenessInfo -
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+struct LivenessInfo
+{
+	RegisterPressure::Set*	liveIn;
+	RegisterPressure::Set*	liveOut;
+	DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(Uint32	size);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Liveness
+//
+// The liveness is defined by the following data-flow equations:
+//
+//		LiveIn(n) = LocalLive(n) U (LiveOut(n) - Killed(n)).
+//		LiveOut(n) = U LiveIn(s) (s a successor of n).
+//
+//	where LocalLive(n) is the set of used registers in the block n, Killed(n)
+//  is the set of defined registers in the block n, LiveIn(n) is the set of
+//  live registers at the begining of the block n and LiveOut(n) is the set
+//  of live registers at the end of the block n.
+//
+//
+// We will compute the liveness analysis in two stages:
+//
+//	1- Build LocalLive(n) (wich is an approximation of LiveIn(n)) and Killed(n) 
+//     for each block n.
+//  2- Perform a backward data-flow analysis to propagate the liveness information
+//     through the entire control-flow graph.
+//
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+struct Liveness
+{
+	static LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> analysis(ControlGraph& controlGraph, Uint32 rangeCount, const RegisterName* name2range);
+	static LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> analysis(ControlGraph& controlGraph, Uint32 nameCount);
+};
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> Liveness<RegisterPressure>::analysis(ControlGraph& controlGraph, Uint32 rangeCount, const RegisterName* name2range)
+{
+	Pool& pool = controlGraph.pool;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	// Allocate the temporary sets.
+	RegisterPressure::Set* killed = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, rangeCount);
+	
+	// Allocate the globals sets.
+	RegisterPressure::Set* liveIn = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, rangeCount);
+	RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, rangeCount);
+
+	// First stage of the liveness analysis: Compute the sets LocalLive(stored in LiveIn) and Killed.
+	//
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < (nNodes - 1); n++) {
+		ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
+
+		RegisterPressure::Set& currentLocalLive = liveIn[n];
+		RegisterPressure::Set& currentKilled = killed[n];
+		
+		// Find the instructions contributions to the sets LocalLive and Killed.
+		//
+		InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+			// If a VirtualRegister is 'used' before being 'defined' then we add it to set LocalLive.
+
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+					Uint32 index = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
+
+					if (!currentKilled.test(index))
+						currentLocalLive.set(index);
+				}
+
+			// If a Virtualregister is 'defined' then we add it to the set Killed.
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					currentKilled.set(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Second stage of the liveness analysis: We propagate the LiveIn & LiveOut through the entire 
+	// control-flow graph.
+	//
+	RegisterPressure::Set temp(pool, rangeCount);
+
+	bool changed;
+	do {
+		changed = false;
+
+		// For all nodes is this graph except the endNode.
+		for (Int32 n = (nNodes - 2); n >= 0; n--) {
+			ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
+
+			RegisterPressure::Set& currentLiveIn = liveIn[n];
+			RegisterPressure::Set& currentLiveOut = liveOut[n];
+
+			// Compute temp = Union of LiveIn(s) (s a successor of this node) | usedByPhiNodes(n).
+			// temp will be the new LiveOut(n).
+			Uint32 nSuccessors = node.nSuccessors();
+			if (nSuccessors != 0) {
+				temp = liveIn[node.nthSuccessor(0).getTarget().dfsNum];
+				for (Uint32 s = 1; s < nSuccessors; s++)
+					temp |= liveIn[node.nthSuccessor(s).getTarget().dfsNum];
+			} else 
+				temp.clear();
+
+			// If temp and LiveOut(n) differ then set LiveOut(n) = temp and recalculate the
+			// new LiveIn(n).
+			if (currentLiveOut != temp) {
+				currentLiveOut = temp;
+				temp -= killed[n]; // FIX: could be optimized with one call to unionDiff !
+				temp |= currentLiveIn;
+			
+				if (currentLiveIn != temp) {
+					currentLiveIn = temp;
+					changed = true;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	} while(changed);
+
+	LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> liveness;
+	liveness.liveIn = liveIn;
+	liveness.liveOut = liveOut;
+	DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(liveness.size = nNodes);
+	return liveness;
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> Liveness<RegisterPressure>::analysis(ControlGraph& controlGraph, Uint32 nameCount)
+{
+	Pool& pool = controlGraph.pool;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	// Allocate the temporary sets.
+	RegisterPressure::Set* killed = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, nameCount);
+	RegisterPressure::Set* usedByPhiNodes = NULL;
+	
+	// Allocate the globals sets.
+	RegisterPressure::Set* liveIn = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, nameCount);
+	RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, nameCount);
+
+	// First stage of the liveness analysis: Compute the sets LocalLive(stored in LiveIn) and Killed.
+	//
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < (nNodes - 1); n++) {
+		ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
+
+		RegisterPressure::Set& currentLocalLive = liveIn[n];
+		RegisterPressure::Set& currentKilled = killed[n];
+		
+		InstructionList& phiNodes = node.getPhiNodeInstructions();
+
+		if ((usedByPhiNodes == NULL) && !phiNodes.empty())
+			usedByPhiNodes = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, nameCount);
+
+		for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
+			Instruction& phiNode = phiNodes.get(p);
+
+			InstructionDefine& define = phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0];
+			currentKilled.set(define.getRegisterName());
+
+			typedef DoublyLinkedList<ControlEdge> ControlEdgeList;
+			const ControlEdgeList& predecessors = node.getPredecessors();
+			ControlEdgeList::iterator p = predecessors.begin();
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = phiNode.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			for (InstructionUse* usePtr = phiNode.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++, p = predecessors.advance(p))
+				if (usePtr->isRegister())
+					usedByPhiNodes[predecessors.get(p).getSource().dfsNum].set(usePtr->getRegisterName());
+		}
+
+		// Find the instructions contributions to the sets LocalLive and Killed.
+		//
+		InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+			// If a VirtualRegister is 'used' before being 'defined' then we add it to set LocalLive.
+
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+					Uint32 index = usePtr->getRegisterName();
+
+					if (!currentKilled.test(index))
+						currentLocalLive.set(index);
+				}
+
+			// If a Virtualregister is 'defined' then we add it to the set Killed.
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					currentKilled.set(definePtr->getRegisterName());
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Second stage of the liveness analysis: We propagate the LiveIn & LiveOut through the entire 
+	// control-flow graph.
+	//
+	RegisterPressure::Set temp(pool, nameCount);
+
+	bool changed;
+	do {
+		changed = false;
+
+		// For all nodes is this graph except the endNode.
+		for (Int32 n = (nNodes - 2); n >= 0; n--) {
+			ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
+
+			RegisterPressure::Set& currentLiveIn = liveIn[n];
+			RegisterPressure::Set& currentLiveOut = liveOut[n];
+
+			// Compute temp = Union of LiveIn(s) (s a successor of this node) | usedByPhiNodes(n).
+			// temp will be the new LiveOut(n).
+			Uint32 nSuccessors = node.nSuccessors();
+			if (nSuccessors != 0) {
+				temp = liveIn[node.nthSuccessor(0).getTarget().dfsNum];
+				for (Uint32 s = 1; s < nSuccessors; s++)
+					temp |= liveIn[node.nthSuccessor(s).getTarget().dfsNum];
+			} else 
+				temp.clear();
+
+			// Insert the phiNodes contribution.
+			if (usedByPhiNodes != NULL)
+				temp |= usedByPhiNodes[n];
+
+			// If temp and LiveOut(n) differ then set LiveOut(n) = temp and recalculate the
+			// new LiveIn(n).
+			if (currentLiveOut != temp) {
+				currentLiveOut = temp;
+				temp -= killed[n]; // FIX: could be optimized with one call to unionDiff !
+				temp |= currentLiveIn;
+			
+				if (currentLiveIn != temp) {
+					currentLiveIn = temp;
+					changed = true;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	} while(changed);
+
+	LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> liveness;
+	liveness.liveIn = liveIn;
+	liveness.liveOut = liveOut;
+	DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(liveness.size = nNodes);
+	return liveness;
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure>::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
+{
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < size; n++) {
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Node N%d:\n\tliveIn = ", n));
+		liveIn[n].printPretty(log);
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tliveOut = "));
+		liveOut[n].printPretty(log);
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
+	}
+}
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+
+#endif // _LIVENESS_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#! gmake
+
+DEPTH			= ../..
+
+MODULE_NAME		= RegisterAllocator
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/config.mk
+
+INCLUDES		+=										\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Utilities/General						\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Utilities/zlib							\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Runtime/ClassReader						\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Runtime/NativeMethods					\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Runtime/System							\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Runtime/ClassInfo						\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Runtime/FileReader						\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/PrimitiveGraph					\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/FrontEnd						\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/Optimizer						\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/CodeGenerator					\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/CodeGenerator/md				\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/CodeGenerator/md/$(CPU_ARCH)	\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/RegisterAllocator				\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Driver/StandAloneJava					\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Debugger									\
+	$(NULL)
+
+CXXSRCS 		=										\
+	RegisterAllocator.cpp								\
+	RegisterAllocatorTools.cpp							\
+	DominatorGraph.cpp									\
+	VirtualRegister.cpp									\
+	BitSet.cpp											\
+	SparseSet.cpp										\
+	$(NULL)
+
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/rules.mk
+
+libs:: $(MODULE)

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/PhiNodeRemover.h

@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PHI_NODE_REMOVER_H_
+#define _PHI_NODE_REMOVER_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "Pool.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "DominatorGraph.h"
+#include "VirtualRegister.h"
+#include "RegisterPressure.h"
+#include "Liveness.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "InstructionEmitter.h"
+#include "SparseSet.h"
+#include <string.h>
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// RegisterNameNode -
+
+struct RegisterNameNode 
+{
+	RegisterNameNode*	next;
+	RegisterName		newName;
+	Uint32				nextPushed;
+};
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// CopyData -
+
+struct CopyData
+{
+	RegisterName		source;
+	RegisterClassKind	classKind;
+	Uint32				useCount;
+	bool				isLiveOut;
+	RegisterName		sourceNameToUse;
+	RegisterName		temporaryName;
+	RegisterNameNode*	newName;
+};
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PhiNodeRemover<RegisterPressure> -
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+struct PhiNodeRemover
+{
+	// Replace the phi nodes by copy instructions.
+	static void replacePhiNodes(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter);
+};
+
+// Split some of the critical edges and return true if there are still some
+// in the graph after that.
+//
+static bool splitCriticalEdges(ControlGraph& /*cg*/)
+{
+	// FIX: not implemented.
+	return true;
+}
+
+inline void pushName(Pool& pool, RegisterNameNode** stack, SparseSet& pushed, Uint32* nodeListPointer, RegisterName oldName, RegisterName newName)
+{
+	RegisterNameNode& newNode = *new(pool) RegisterNameNode();
+
+	if (pushed.test(oldName))
+		(*stack)->newName = newName;
+	else {
+		newNode.newName = newName;
+		newNode.nextPushed = *nodeListPointer;
+		*nodeListPointer = oldName;
+		newNode.next = *stack;
+		*stack = &newNode;
+		pushed.set(oldName);
+	}
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void PhiNodeRemover<RegisterPressure>::replacePhiNodes(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter)
+{
+	Pool& pool = controlGraph.pool;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	// Initialize the local variables.
+	//
+
+	// When we insert the copies we will also need to create new VirtualRegisters for
+	// the insertion of temporaries. The maximum number of temporary register will not
+	// exceed the number of phiNodes in the primitive graph.
+	Uint32 nameCount = vrManager.getSize();
+	Uint32 maxNameCount = nameCount;
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++)
+		maxNameCount += nodes[n]->getPhiNodes().length();
+
+	// If the CFG contains some critical edges (backward edge which source has more than one
+	// outgoing edge and destination has more than one incomimg edge) then we need the liveness
+	// information to be able to insert temporary copies.
+	RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = NULL;
+	if (splitCriticalEdges(controlGraph))
+		liveOut = Liveness<LowRegisterPressure>::analysis(controlGraph, nameCount).liveOut;
+
+	DominatorGraph dGraph(controlGraph);
+
+	SparseSet pushed(pool, maxNameCount);
+	SparseSet destinationList(pool, maxNameCount);
+	SparseSet workList(pool, maxNameCount);
+
+	CopyData* copyStats = new(pool) CopyData[maxNameCount];
+	memset(copyStats, '\0', maxNameCount*sizeof(CopyData));
+
+	struct NodeStack {
+		Uint32* next;
+		Uint32* limit;
+		Uint32 pushedList;
+	};
+
+	// Allocate the node stack and initialize the node stack pointer.
+	NodeStack* nodeStack = new(pool) NodeStack[nNodes + 1];
+	NodeStack* nodeStackPtr = nodeStack;
+
+	// We start by the begin node. 
+	Uint32 startNode = 0;
+	Uint32* next = &startNode;
+	Uint32* limit = &startNode + 1;
+
+	while (true) {
+
+		if (next == limit) {
+			// If there are no more node in the sibling, we have to pop the current
+			// frame from the stack and update the copyStats of the pushed nodes.
+			//
+			if (nodeStackPtr == nodeStack)
+				// We are at the bottom of the stack and there are no more nodes
+				// to look at. We are done !
+				break;
+
+			--nodeStackPtr;
+			// We are done with all the children of this node in the dominator tree.
+			// We need to update the copy information of all the new names pushed
+			// during the walk over this node.
+			Uint32 pushedList = nodeStackPtr->pushedList;
+			while (pushedList != 0) {
+				Uint32 nextName = copyStats[pushedList].newName->nextPushed;
+				copyStats[pushedList].newName = copyStats[pushedList].newName->next;
+				pushedList = nextName;
+			}
+
+			// restore the previous frame.
+			next = nodeStackPtr->next;
+			limit = nodeStackPtr->limit;
+		} else {
+			Uint32 currentNode = *next++;
+			Uint32 pushedList = 0;
+
+
+			// Initialize the sets.
+			pushed.clear();
+			destinationList.clear();
+
+			// STEP1:
+			//  Walk the instruction list and to replace all the instruction uses with their new name. 
+			//  If the instruction is a phi node and its defined register is alive at the end of this 
+			//  block then we push the defined register into the stack.
+			//
+			ControlNode& node = *nodes[currentNode];
+			RegisterPressure::Set* currentLiveOut = (liveOut != NULL) ? &liveOut[currentNode] : (RegisterPressure::Set*) 0;
+
+			InstructionList& phiNodes = node.getPhiNodeInstructions();
+			for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
+				Instruction& phiNode = phiNodes.get(p);
+
+				InstructionUse* useEnd = phiNode.getInstructionUseEnd();
+				for (InstructionUse* usePtr = phiNode.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++) {
+					assert(usePtr->isRegister());
+					RegisterName name = usePtr->getRegisterName();
+
+					if (copyStats[name].newName != NULL && copyStats[name].newName->newName != name)
+						usePtr->setRegisterName(copyStats[name].newName->newName);
+				}
+
+				if (currentLiveOut != NULL) {
+					// This is a phi node and we have to push its defined name if it is live
+					// at the end of the node. We only need to do this if the CFG has critical edges.
+					assert(phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin() != phiNode.getInstructionDefineEnd() && phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].isRegister());
+					RegisterName name = phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].getRegisterName();
+
+					if (currentLiveOut->test(name))
+						pushName(pool, &(copyStats[name].newName), pushed, &pushedList, name, name);
+				}
+				
+			}
+
+			InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
+			for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
+				Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+				InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+				for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+					if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+						RegisterName name = usePtr->getRegisterName();
+
+						if (copyStats[name].newName != NULL && copyStats[name].newName->newName != name)
+							usePtr->setRegisterName(copyStats[name].newName->newName);
+					}
+			}
+
+			// STEP2:
+			//  Look at this node's successors' phiNodes. We keep track of the number of time
+			//  a VR will be used by another copy instruction and insert each definition into the 
+			//  destinationList. This is the only pass over this node's successors as we will
+			//  get all the information we need in the CopyData structures.
+			//
+			ControlEdge* successorEdgeEnd = node.getSuccessorsEnd();
+			for (ControlEdge* successorEdgePtr = node.getSuccessorsBegin(); successorEdgePtr < successorEdgeEnd; successorEdgePtr++) {
+				Uint32 useIndex = successorEdgePtr->getIndex();
+				ControlNode& successor = successorEdgePtr->getTarget();
+
+				// Look at its phi nodes. The phi nodes are at the top of the instruction list. We exit
+				// as soon as we find an instruction which is not a phi node
+				InstructionList& phiNodes = successor.getPhiNodeInstructions();
+				for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
+					Instruction& phiNode = phiNodes.get(p);
+					
+					assert((phiNode.getInstructionUseBegin() + useIndex) < phiNode.getInstructionUseEnd());
+					assert(phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin() != phiNode.getInstructionDefineEnd());
+
+					InstructionUse& source = phiNode.getInstructionUseBegin()[useIndex];
+					InstructionDefine& destination = phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0];
+
+					assert(source.isRegister() && destination.isRegister());
+
+					RegisterName sourceName = source.getRegisterName();
+					RegisterName destinationName = destination.getRegisterName();
+
+					// Get the correct name for the source.
+					if (copyStats[sourceName].newName != NULL)
+						sourceName = copyStats[sourceName].newName->newName;
+
+					// Update the CopyData structures.
+					if ((sourceName != rnInvalid) && (sourceName != destinationName)) {
+						copyStats[destinationName].source = sourceName;
+						copyStats[destinationName].classKind = destination.getRegisterClass();
+						copyStats[destinationName].isLiveOut = (currentLiveOut != NULL) ? currentLiveOut->test(destinationName) : false;
+						copyStats[destinationName].sourceNameToUse = destinationName;
+						copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse = sourceName;
+						copyStats[sourceName].useCount++;
+						destinationList.set(destinationName);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			// STEP3:
+			//  Insert into the worklist only the destination registers that will be not used in 
+			//  another copy instruction in this block.
+			//
+			assert(workList.getSize() == 0);
+			for (SparseSet::iterator d = destinationList.begin(); !destinationList.done(d); d = destinationList.advance(d)) {
+				Uint32 dest = destinationList.get(d);
+				if (copyStats[dest].useCount == 0)
+					workList.set(dest);
+			}
+
+			// STEP4:
+			//  Insert the copy instructions.
+			//
+			Uint32 destinationListSize = destinationList.getSize();
+			InstructionList::iterator endOfTheNode = instructions.end();
+
+			// Find the right place to insert the copy instructions.
+			if (destinationListSize != 0)
+				while (instructions.get(endOfTheNode).getFlags() & ifControl)
+					endOfTheNode = instructions.retreat(endOfTheNode);
+
+			while (destinationListSize != 0) {
+				while(workList.getSize()) {
+					RegisterName destinationName = RegisterName(workList.getOne());
+					RegisterName sourceName = copyStats[destinationName].source;
+
+					workList.clear(destinationName);
+					if (copyStats[destinationName].isLiveOut && !copyStats[destinationName].temporaryName) {
+						// Lost copy problem.
+						copyStats[destinationName].isLiveOut = false;
+
+						RegisterName sourceName = destinationName;
+						RegisterClassKind classKind = copyStats[sourceName].classKind;
+						RegisterName destinationName = getName(vrManager.newVirtualRegister(classKind));
+						assert(destinationName < maxNameCount);
+
+						copyStats[destinationName].classKind = classKind;
+						copyStats[sourceName].useCount = 0;
+				
+						// We need to insert a copy to a temporary register to keep the
+						// source register valid at the end of the node defining it.
+						// This copy will be inserted right after the phi node defining it.
+						RegisterName from = copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse;
+						Instruction* definingPhiNode = vrManager.getVirtualRegister(from).getDefiningInstruction();
+						assert(definingPhiNode && (definingPhiNode->getFlags() & ifPhiNode) != 0);
+
+						RegisterID fromID = buildRegisterID(from, classKind);
+						RegisterID toID = buildRegisterID(destinationName, classKind);
+						Instruction& copy = emitter.newCopy(*definingPhiNode->getPrimitive(), fromID, toID);
+						vrManager.getVirtualRegister(destinationName).setDefiningInstruction(copy);
+						definingPhiNode->getPrimitive()->getContainer()->getInstructions().addFirst(copy);
+
+						copyStats[sourceName].temporaryName = destinationName;
+						copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse = destinationName;
+						pushName(pool, &(copyStats[sourceName].newName), pushed, &pushedList, sourceName, destinationName);
+					}
+
+					// Insert the copy instruction at the end of the current node.
+					RegisterName from = copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse;
+
+					RegisterClassKind classKind = copyStats[destinationName].classKind;
+					RegisterID fromID = buildRegisterID(from, classKind);
+					RegisterID toID = buildRegisterID(destinationName, classKind);
+					Instruction& copy = emitter.newCopy(*vrManager.getVirtualRegister(from).getDefiningInstruction()->getPrimitive(), fromID, toID);
+					instructions.insertAfter(copy, endOfTheNode);
+					endOfTheNode = instructions.advance(endOfTheNode);
+
+					copyStats[sourceName].useCount = 0;
+					if (destinationList.test(sourceName) && copyStats[sourceName].isLiveOut)
+						pushName(pool, &(copyStats[sourceName].newName), pushed, &pushedList, sourceName, destinationName);
+					copyStats[sourceName].isLiveOut = false;
+					copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse = destinationName;
+
+					if (destinationList.test(sourceName))
+						workList.set(sourceName);
+					destinationList.clear(destinationName);
+				}
+
+				destinationListSize = destinationList.getSize();
+				if (destinationListSize != 0) {
+					RegisterName sourceName = RegisterName(destinationList.getOne());
+					RegisterName destinationName;
+
+					if (!copyStats[sourceName].temporaryName) {
+						// Cycle problem.
+						RegisterClassKind classKind = copyStats[sourceName].classKind;
+						destinationName = getName(vrManager.newVirtualRegister(classKind));
+						assert(destinationName < maxNameCount);
+				
+						copyStats[destinationName].classKind = classKind;
+						copyStats[sourceName].temporaryName = destinationName;
+
+						// Insert the copy instruction at the end of the current node.
+						RegisterName from = copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse;
+
+						RegisterID fromID = buildRegisterID(from, classKind);
+						RegisterID toID = buildRegisterID(destinationName, classKind);
+						Instruction& copy = emitter.newCopy(*vrManager.getVirtualRegister(from).getDefiningInstruction()->getPrimitive(), fromID, toID);
+						vrManager.getVirtualRegister(destinationName).setDefiningInstruction(copy);
+						instructions.insertAfter(copy, endOfTheNode);
+						endOfTheNode = instructions.advance(endOfTheNode);
+					} else 
+						destinationName = copyStats[sourceName].temporaryName;
+
+					copyStats[sourceName].useCount = 0;
+					copyStats[sourceName].isLiveOut = false;
+					copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse = destinationName;
+					pushName(pool, &(copyStats[sourceName].newName), pushed, &pushedList, sourceName, destinationName);
+
+					workList.set(sourceName);
+				}
+			}
+
+			nodeStackPtr->pushedList = pushedList;
+			nodeStackPtr->next = next;
+			nodeStackPtr->limit = limit;
+			++nodeStackPtr;
+			next = dGraph.getSuccessorsBegin(currentNode);
+			limit = dGraph.getSuccessorsEnd(currentNode);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+#endif // _PHI_NODE_REMOVER_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/RegisterAllocator.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "LogModule.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
+#include "RegisterPressure.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
+#include "PhiNodeRemover.h"
+#include "LiveRange.h"
+#include "Liveness.h"
+#include "InterferenceGraph.h"
+#include "LiveRangeGraph.h"
+#include "Coalescing.h"
+#include "Spilling.h"
+#include "Coloring.h"
+#include "Splits.h"
+
+class Pool;
+class ControlGraph;
+class VirtualRegisterManager;
+class InstructionEmitter;
+
+UT_DEFINE_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
+
+void RegisterAllocator::allocateRegisters(Pool& pool, ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter)
+{
+	// Insert the phi node instructions. We want to do this to have a single defined register per instruction.
+	// If we keep the PhiNode (as a DataNode) and a PhiNode is of DoubleWordKind then we have to execute
+	// some special code for the high word annotation.
+	//
+	RegisterAllocatorTools::insertPhiNodeInstructions(controlGraph, emitter);
+
+	// Perform some tests on the instruction graph.
+	//
+	DEBUG_ONLY(RegisterAllocatorTools::testTheInstructionGraph(controlGraph, vrManager));
+
+	// Replace the phi node instructions by their equivalent copy instructions.
+	//
+	PhiNodeRemover<LowRegisterPressure>::replacePhiNodes(controlGraph, vrManager, emitter);
+
+	// Do the register allocation.
+	//
+	RegisterAllocator registerAllocator(pool, controlGraph, vrManager, emitter);
+	registerAllocator.doGraphColoring();
+}
+
+void RegisterAllocator::doGraphColoring()
+{
+	// Initialize the liverange map.
+	//
+	initLiveRanges();
+
+	// Build the live ranges. We do this to compress the number of RegisterNames 
+	// used in the insterference graph.
+	//
+	LiveRange<LowRegisterPressure>::build(*this);
+
+	// Remove unnecessary copies.
+	//
+	RegisterAllocatorTools::removeUnnecessaryCopies(*this);
+
+	for (Uint8 loop = 0; loop < 10; loop++) {
+
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("********* RegisterAllocator loop %d *********\n", loop));
+
+		while(true) {
+			// Build the interference graph.
+			//
+			iGraph.build();
+
+			// Coalesce the copy instructions.
+			//
+			if (!Coalescing<LowRegisterPressure>::coalesce(*this))
+				break;
+		}
+
+		// Print the interference graph.
+		//
+		DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(iGraph.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc)));
+
+		// Calculate the spill costs.
+		//
+		Spilling<LowRegisterPressure>::calculateSpillCosts(*this);
+		DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(RegisterAllocatorTools::printSpillCosts(*this));
+
+		// Calculate the split costs.
+		//
+		Splits<LowRegisterPressure>::calculateSplitCosts(*this);
+		DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(RegisterAllocatorTools::printSplitCosts(*this));
+
+		// Build the live range graph.
+		//
+		lGraph.build();
+		DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(lGraph.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc)));
+
+		// Color the graph. If it succeeds then we're done with the
+		// register allocation.
+		//
+		if (Coloring<LowRegisterPressure>::color(*this)) {
+			// Write the final colors in the instruction graph.
+			//
+			Coloring<LowRegisterPressure>::finalColoring(*this);
+
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("********** RegisterAllocator  done **********\n"));
+			DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(RegisterAllocatorTools::printInstructions(*this));
+
+			return;
+		}
+
+		// We need to spill some registers.
+		//
+		Spilling<LowRegisterPressure>::insertSpillCode(*this);
+
+		// Insert the split instructions.
+		//
+		Splits<LowRegisterPressure>::insertSplitCode(*this);
+
+		// Update the live ranges.
+		// 
+		// FIX
+	}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	RegisterAllocatorTools::updateInstructionGraph(*this);
+	RegisterAllocatorTools::printInstructions(*this);
+#endif
+	fprintf(stderr, "!!! Coloring failed after 10 loops !!!\n");
+	abort();
+}
+
+void RegisterAllocator::initLiveRanges()
+{
+	Uint32 count = this->nameCount;
+	RegisterName* name2range = new(pool) RegisterName[nameCount];
+	for (RegisterName r = RegisterName(1); r < count; r = RegisterName(r + 1))
+		name2range[r] = r;
+	this->name2range = name2range;
+	rangeCount = count;
+}

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/RegisterAllocator.h

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_H_
+#define _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_H_
+
+class Pool;
+class ControlGraph;
+class InstructionEmitter;
+struct SpillCost;
+struct SplitCost;
+
+#include "Liveness.h"
+#include "VirtualRegister.h"
+#include "RegisterPressure.h" // This should included by Backend.cpp
+#include "InterferenceGraph.h"
+#include "LiveRangeGraph.h"
+
+//template <class RegisterPressure>
+class RegisterAllocator
+{
+public:
+
+	Pool&									pool;			//
+	ControlGraph&							controlGraph;	//
+	VirtualRegisterManager&					vrManager;		//
+	InstructionEmitter&						emitter;		//
+
+	RegisterName*							name2range;		//
+	RegisterName*							color;			//
+	SpillCost*								spillCost;		//
+	SparseSet*								willSpill;		//
+	SplitCost*								splitCost;		//
+	NameLinkedList**						splitAround;	//
+	InterferenceGraph<LowRegisterPressure>	iGraph;			//
+	LiveRangeGraph<LowRegisterPressure>		lGraph;			//
+	LivenessInfo<LowRegisterPressure>		liveness;		//
+	Uint32									nameCount;		//
+	Uint32									rangeCount;		//
+	bool									splitFound;		//
+
+private:
+
+	//
+	//
+	void doGraphColoring();
+
+public:
+
+	//
+	//
+	inline RegisterAllocator(Pool& pool, ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter);
+
+	//
+	//
+	bool canInterfere(RegisterName /*name1*/, RegisterName /*name2*/) const {return true;}
+
+	//
+	//
+	void initLiveRanges();
+
+	//
+	//
+	static void allocateRegisters(Pool& pool, ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter);
+};
+
+//
+//
+inline RegisterAllocator::RegisterAllocator(Pool& pool, ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter)
+	: pool(pool), controlGraph(controlGraph), vrManager(vrManager), emitter(emitter), iGraph(*this), lGraph(*this), nameCount(vrManager.getSize()) {}
+
+#endif // _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_H_
+

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/RegisterAllocatorTools.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "LogModule.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
+#include "Pool.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "ControlNodes.h"
+#include "Primitives.h"
+#include "InstructionEmitter.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
+#include "Spilling.h"
+#include "Splits.h"
+#include "BitSet.h"
+
+UT_EXTERN_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+void RegisterAllocatorTools::testTheInstructionGraph(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager)
+{
+	// Test the declared VirtualRegisters. The register allocator tries to condense the register universe.
+	// Any gap in the VirtualRegister names will be a loss of efficiency !!!!
+
+	Uint32 nameCount = vrManager.getSize();
+	BitSet registerSeen(controlGraph.pool, nameCount);
+
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+
+		InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister())
+					registerSeen.set(usePtr->getRegisterName());
+
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					registerSeen.set(definePtr->getRegisterName());
+		}
+
+		InstructionList& phiNodes = nodes[n]->getPhiNodeInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = phiNodes.get(p);
+
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister())
+					registerSeen.set(usePtr->getRegisterName());
+
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					registerSeen.set(definePtr->getRegisterName());
+		}
+	}
+
+	bool renameRegisters = false;
+	for (BitSet::iterator i = registerSeen.nextZero(0); !registerSeen.done(i); i = registerSeen.nextZero(i)) {
+		renameRegisters = true;
+		fprintf(stderr, 
+				"WARNING: The VirtualRegister vr%d has been allocated during CodeGeneration but\n"
+				"         is never used nor defined by any instruction in the instruction graph\n"
+				"                                  PLEASE FIX                                  \n",
+				i);
+	}
+	if (renameRegisters) {
+		Instruction** definingInstruction = new Instruction*[nameCount];
+		memset(definingInstruction, '\0', nameCount * sizeof(Instruction*));
+		RegisterName* newName = new RegisterName[nameCount];
+		memset(newName, '\0', nameCount * sizeof(RegisterName));
+		RegisterName nextName = RegisterName(1);
+
+		for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+
+			InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
+			for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
+				Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+				InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+				for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+					if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+						RegisterName name = usePtr->getRegisterName();
+						if (newName[name] == rnInvalid) {
+							newName[name] = nextName;
+							definingInstruction[nextName] = vrManager.getVirtualRegister(name).getDefiningInstruction();
+							nextName = RegisterName(nextName + 1);
+						}
+						usePtr->setRegisterName(newName[name]);
+					}
+
+				InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+				for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+					if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
+						RegisterName name = definePtr->getRegisterName();
+						if (newName[name] == rnInvalid) {
+							newName[name] = nextName;
+							definingInstruction[nextName] = vrManager.getVirtualRegister(name).getDefiningInstruction();
+							nextName = RegisterName(nextName + 1);
+						}
+						definePtr->setRegisterName(newName[name]);
+					}
+			}
+
+			InstructionList& phiNodes = nodes[n]->getPhiNodeInstructions();
+			for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
+				Instruction& instruction = phiNodes.get(p);
+
+				InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+				for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+					if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+						RegisterName name = usePtr->getRegisterName();
+						if (newName[name] == rnInvalid) {
+							newName[name] = nextName;
+							definingInstruction[nextName] = vrManager.getVirtualRegister(name).getDefiningInstruction();
+							nextName = RegisterName(nextName + 1);
+						}
+						usePtr->setRegisterName(newName[name]);
+					}
+
+				InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+				for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+					if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
+						RegisterName name = definePtr->getRegisterName();
+						if (newName[name] == rnInvalid) {
+							newName[name] = nextName;
+							definingInstruction[nextName] = vrManager.getVirtualRegister(name).getDefiningInstruction();
+							nextName = RegisterName(nextName + 1);
+						}
+						definePtr->setRegisterName(newName[name]);
+					}
+			}
+		}
+		
+		vrManager.setSize(nextName);
+
+		for (RegisterName r = RegisterName(1); r < nextName; r = RegisterName(r + 1))
+			vrManager.getVirtualRegister(r).definingInstruction = definingInstruction[r];
+
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("RegisterMap:\n"));
+		for (Uint32 i = 1; i < nameCount; i++)
+			if (newName[i] != 0)
+				UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tvr%d becomes vr%d.\n", i, newName[i]));
+			else
+				UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tvr%d is dead.\n", i));
+
+
+		delete newName;
+		delete definingInstruction;
+	}
+
+}
+#endif // DEBUG
+
+void RegisterAllocatorTools::removeUnnecessaryCopies(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i);) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+			i = instructions.advance(i);
+
+			if (instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) {
+				assert(instruction.getInstructionUseBegin() != instruction.getInstructionUseEnd() && instruction.getInstructionUseBegin()[0].isRegister());
+				assert(instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin() != instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd() && instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].isRegister());
+				
+				RegisterName source = name2range[instruction.getInstructionUseBegin()[0].getRegisterName()];
+				RegisterName destination = name2range[instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].getRegisterName()];
+
+				if (source == destination)
+					instruction.remove();
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+void RegisterAllocatorTools::updateInstructionGraph(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister())
+					usePtr->setRegisterName(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					definePtr->setRegisterName(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+		}
+
+		InstructionList& phiNodes = nodes[n]->getPhiNodeInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = phiNodes.get(p);
+
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister())
+					usePtr->setRegisterName(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					definePtr->setRegisterName(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+void RegisterAllocatorTools::insertPhiNodeInstructions(ControlGraph& controlGraph, InstructionEmitter& emitter)
+{
+	Pool& pool = controlGraph.pool;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+	
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
+		DoublyLinkedList<PhiNode>& phiNodes = node.getPhiNodes();
+
+		if (!phiNodes.empty()) {
+
+			// Set the index of the incoming edges.
+			Uint32 index = 0;
+			const DoublyLinkedList<ControlEdge>& predecessors = node.getPredecessors();
+			for (DoublyLinkedList<ControlEdge>::iterator p = predecessors.begin(); !predecessors.done(p); p = predecessors.advance(p))
+				predecessors.get(p).setIndex(index++);
+
+			// Insert the phi node instruction in the instruction list.
+			for (DoublyLinkedList<PhiNode>::iterator i = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(i); i = phiNodes.advance(i)) {
+				PhiNode& phiNode = phiNodes.get(i);
+				ValueKind kind = phiNode.getKind();
+
+				if (!isStorableKind(kind))
+					continue;
+
+				RegisterClassKind classKind = rckGeneral; // FIX: get class kind from phi node kind.
+				Uint32 nInputs = phiNode.nInputs();
+
+				PhiNodeInstruction& phiNodeInstruction = *new(pool) PhiNodeInstruction(&phiNode, pool, nInputs);
+
+				emitter.defineProducer(phiNode, phiNodeInstruction, 0, classKind, drLow);
+				for (Uint32 whichInput = 0; whichInput < nInputs; whichInput++)
+					emitter.useProducer(phiNode.nthInputVariable(whichInput), phiNodeInstruction, whichInput, classKind, drLow);
+
+				node.addPhiNodeInstruction(phiNodeInstruction);
+
+				if (isDoublewordKind(kind)) {
+					PhiNodeInstruction& phiNodeInstruction = *new(pool) PhiNodeInstruction(&phiNode, pool, nInputs);
+
+					emitter.defineProducer(phiNode, phiNodeInstruction, 0, classKind, drHigh);
+					for (Uint32 whichInput = 0; whichInput < nInputs; whichInput++)
+						emitter.useProducer(phiNode.nthInputVariable(whichInput), phiNodeInstruction, whichInput, classKind, drHigh);
+
+					node.addPhiNodeInstruction(phiNodeInstruction);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+
+void RegisterAllocatorTools::printSpillCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	LogModuleObject log = UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
+	Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
+	SpillCost* cost = registerAllocator.spillCost;
+
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Spill costs:\n"));
+	for (Uint32 i = 1; i < rangeCount; i++) {
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\trange %d : ", i));
+		if (cost[i].infinite)
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("infinite\n"));
+		else
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%f\n", cost[i].cost));
+	}
+}
+
+void RegisterAllocatorTools::printSplitCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	LogModuleObject log = UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
+	Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
+	SplitCost* cost = registerAllocator.splitCost;
+
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Split costs:\n"));
+	for (Uint32 i = 1; i < rangeCount; i++) {
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\trange %d : loads = %f stores = %f\n", i, cost[i].loads, cost[i].stores));
+	}
+}
+
+void RegisterAllocatorTools::printInstructions(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	LogModuleObject log = UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
+	ControlNode** nodes = registerAllocator.controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = registerAllocator.controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("N%d:\n", n));
+
+		InstructionList& phiNodes = nodes[n]->getPhiNodeInstructions();
+		InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
+
+		if (!phiNodes.empty()) {
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (" PhiNodes:\n", n));
+			for(InstructionList::iterator i = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(i); i = phiNodes.advance(i)) {
+				phiNodes.get(i).printPretty(log);
+				UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
+			}
+			if (!instructions.empty())
+				UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (" Instructions:\n", n));
+		}
+
+		for(InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
+			instructions.get(i).printPretty(log);
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
+		}
+	}
+}
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/RegisterAllocatorTools.h

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+//	-*- mode:C++; tab-width:4; truncate-lines:t -*-
+//
+//           CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF
+//              NETSCAPE COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
+// Copyright © 1996, 1997 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+// Reserved.  Use of this Source Code is subject to the terms of the
+// applicable license agreement from Netscape Communications Corporation.
+// The copyright notice(s) in this Source Code does not indicate actual or
+// intended publication of this Source Code.
+//
+// $Id: RegisterAllocatorTools.h,v 1.1.2.1 1999-03-02 16:12:05 fur%netscape.com Exp $
+//
+
+#ifndef _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_TOOLS_H_
+#define _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_TOOLS_H_
+
+#include "LogModule.h"
+#include "RegisterTypes.h"
+#include <string.h>
+
+class RegisterAllocator;
+class ControlGraph;
+class InstructionEmitter;
+class VirtualRegisterManager;
+
+struct RegisterAllocatorTools
+{
+	//
+	//
+	static void insertPhiNodeInstructions(ControlGraph& controlGraph, InstructionEmitter& emitter);
+
+	//
+	//
+	static void updateInstructionGraph(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+
+	//
+	//
+	static void removeUnnecessaryCopies(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	//
+	//
+	static void testTheInstructionGraph(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager);
+#endif // DEBUG
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	//
+	//
+	static void printInstructions(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+
+	//
+	//
+	static void printSpillCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+
+	//
+	//
+	static void printSplitCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+};
+
+//
+// FIX: this should go in a class (LookupTable ?)
+//
+
+inline RegisterName findRoot(RegisterName name, RegisterName* table)
+{
+	RegisterName* stack = table;
+	RegisterName* stackPtr = stack;
+
+	RegisterName newName;
+	while((newName = table[name]) != name) {
+		*--stackPtr = name;
+		name = newName;
+	}
+
+	while (stackPtr != stack)
+		table[*stackPtr++] = name;
+
+	return name;
+}
+
+inline void init(RegisterName* table, Uint32 nameCount)
+{
+	for (RegisterName r = RegisterName(0); r < nameCount; r = RegisterName(r + 1))
+		table[r] = r;
+}
+
+inline Uint32 compress(RegisterName* name2range, RegisterName* table, Uint32 nameCount, Uint32 tableSize)
+{
+	RegisterName* liveRange = new RegisterName[tableSize];
+	memset(liveRange, '\0', tableSize * sizeof(RegisterName));
+
+	// Update the lookup table.
+	for (RegisterName r = RegisterName(1); r < tableSize; r = RegisterName(r + 1))
+		findRoot(r, table);
+
+	// Count the liveranges.
+	Uint32 liveRangeCount = 1;
+	for (RegisterName s = RegisterName(1); s < tableSize; s = RegisterName(s + 1))
+		if (table[s] == s)
+			liveRange[s] = RegisterName(liveRangeCount++);
+
+	for (RegisterName t = RegisterName(1); t < nameCount; t = RegisterName(t + 1))
+		name2range[t] = liveRange[table[name2range[t]]];
+
+	return liveRangeCount;
+}
+
+inline double doLog10(Uint32 power)
+{
+	double log = 1.0;
+	while (power--)
+		log *= 10.0;
+	return log;
+}
+
+#endif // _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_TOOLS_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/RegisterAssigner.h

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _REGISTER_ASSIGNER_H_
+#define _REGISTER_ASSIGNER_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "VirtualRegister.h"
+
+class FastBitMatrix;
+
+class RegisterAssigner
+{
+protected:
+  VirtualRegisterManager& vRegManager;
+  
+public:
+  RegisterAssigner(VirtualRegisterManager& vrMan) : vRegManager(vrMan) {}
+  
+  virtual bool assignRegisters(FastBitMatrix& interferenceMatrix) = 0;
+};
+
+#endif /* _REGISTER_ASSIGNER_H_ */

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/RegisterClass.h

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _REGISTER_CLASS_H_
+#define _REGISTER_CLASS_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "RegisterTypes.h"
+
+#endif // _REGISTER_CLASS_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/RegisterPressure.h

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _REGISTER_PRESSURE_H_
+#define _REGISTER_PRESSURE_H_
+
+#include "BitSet.h"
+#include "HashSet.h"
+
+struct LowRegisterPressure
+{
+	typedef BitSet Set;
+	static const bool setIsOrdered = true;
+};
+
+struct HighRegisterPressure
+{
+	typedef HashSet Set;
+	static const bool setIsOrdered = false;
+};
+
+#endif // _REGISTER_PRESSURE_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/RegisterTypes.h

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _REGISTER_TYPES_H_
+#define _REGISTER_TYPES_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// RegisterName -
+//
+
+enum RegisterName {
+	rnInvalid = 0,
+};
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// RegisterClassKind -
+//
+
+enum RegisterClassKind {
+	rckInvalid = 0,
+	rckGeneral,
+	rckStackSlot,
+
+	nRegisterClassKind
+};
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// RegisterID -
+//
+
+enum RegisterID {
+	invalidID = 0
+};
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// RegisterKind -
+//
+
+enum RegisterKind {
+	rkCallerSave = 0,
+	rkCalleeSave,
+};
+
+struct NameLinkedList {
+	RegisterName name;
+	NameLinkedList* next;
+};
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+const registerNameMask = 		0x03ffffff;
+const coloredRegisterMask = 	0x04000000;
+const machineRegisterMask = 	0x08000000;
+const registerClassMask = 		0xf0000000;
+
+const registerNameShift = 		0;
+const coloredRegisterShift = 	26;
+const machineRegisterShift = 	27;
+const registerClassShift = 		28;
+
+#else // DEBUG
+
+const registerNameMask = 		0x0fffffff;
+const registerClassMask = 		0xf0000000;
+
+const registerNameShift = 		0;
+const registerClassShift = 		28;
+
+#endif // DEBUG
+
+
+inline RegisterClassKind getClass(RegisterID registerID) {return RegisterClassKind((registerID & registerClassMask) >> registerClassShift);}
+inline RegisterName getName(RegisterID registerID) {return RegisterName((registerID & registerNameMask) >> registerNameShift);}
+inline void setClass(RegisterID& registerID, RegisterClassKind classKind) {registerID = RegisterID((registerID & ~registerClassMask) | ((classKind << registerClassShift) & registerClassMask));}
+inline void setName(RegisterID& registerID, RegisterName name) {assert((name & ~registerNameMask) == 0); registerID = RegisterID((registerID & ~registerNameMask) | ((name << registerNameShift) & registerNameMask));}
+inline RegisterID buildRegisterID(RegisterName name, RegisterClassKind classKind) {return RegisterID(((classKind << registerClassShift) & registerClassMask) | ((name << registerNameShift) & registerNameMask));}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+inline bool isMachineRegister(RegisterID rid) {return (rid & machineRegisterMask) != 0;}
+inline void setMachineRegister(RegisterID& rid) {rid = RegisterID(rid | machineRegisterMask);}
+inline bool isColoredRegister(RegisterID rid) {return (rid & coloredRegisterMask) != 0;}
+inline void setColoredRegister(RegisterID& rid) {rid = RegisterID(rid | coloredRegisterMask);}
+
+#endif // DEBUG
+
+#endif // _REGISTER_TYPES_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/SSATools.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "SSATools.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "VirtualRegister.h"
+#include "Liveness.h"
+
+void replacePhiNodes(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager)
+{
+	if (!controlGraph.hasBackEdges)
+		return;
+
+	Liveness liveness(controlGraph.pool);
+	liveness.buildLivenessAnalysis(controlGraph, vrManager);
+}

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/SSATools.h

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SSA_TOOLS_H_
+#define _SSA_TOOLS_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+
+class ControlGraph;
+class VirtualRegisterManager;
+
+extern void replacePhiNodes(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager);
+
+#endif // _SSA_TOOLS_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/SparseSet.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "SparseSet.h"
+#include "BitSet.h"
+#include "Pool.h"
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+// Print the set.
+//
+void SparseSet::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
+{
+	Pool pool;
+	BitSet set(pool, universeSize);
+
+	for (Uint32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
+	   set.set(node[i].element);
+
+	set.printPretty(log);
+}
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/SparseSet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+//	-*- mode:C++; tab-width:4; truncate-lines:t -*-
+//
+//           CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF
+//              NETSCAPE COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
+// Copyright © 1996, 1997 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+// Reserved.  Use of this Source Code is subject to the terms of the
+// applicable license agreement from Netscape Communications Corporation.
+// The copyright notice(s) in this Source Code does not indicate actual or
+// intended publication of this Source Code.
+//
+// $Id: SparseSet.h,v 1.1.2.1 1999-03-02 16:12:07 fur%netscape.com Exp $
+//
+
+#ifndef _SPARSE_SET_H_
+#define _SPARSE_SET_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "Pool.h"
+#include "LogModule.h"
+#include "BitSet.h"
+
+class SparseSet
+{
+private:
+
+	struct Node {
+		Uint32		element;
+		Uint32		stackIndex;
+	};
+
+	Node*			node;
+	Uint32			count;
+	Uint32			universeSize;
+
+private:
+
+	// No copy constructor.
+	SparseSet(const SparseSet&);
+
+	// Check if the given set's universe is of the same size than this universe.
+	void checkUniverseCompatibility(const SparseSet& set) const {assert(set.universeSize == universeSize);}
+	// Check if pos is valid for this set's universe.
+	void checkMember(Int32 pos) const {assert(pos >=0 && Uint32(pos) < universeSize);}
+
+public:
+
+	SparseSet(Pool& pool, Uint32 universeSize) : universeSize(universeSize) {node = new(pool) Node[universeSize]; clear();}
+
+	// Clear the sparse set.
+	void clear() {count = 0;}
+	// Clear the element at index.
+	inline void clear(Uint32 index);
+	// Set the element at index.
+	inline void set(Uint32 index);
+	// Return true if the element at index is set.
+	inline bool test(Uint32 index) const;
+	// Union with the given sparse set.
+	inline void or(const SparseSet& set);
+	// Intersection with the given sparse set.
+	inline void and(const SparseSet& set);
+	// Difference with the given sparse set.
+	inline void difference(const SparseSet& set);
+	// Copy set.
+	inline SparseSet& operator = (const SparseSet& set);
+	inline SparseSet& operator = (const BitSet& set);
+	// Return true if the sparse sets are identical.
+	friend bool operator == (const SparseSet& set1, const SparseSet& set2);
+	// Return true if the sparse sets are different.
+	friend bool operator != (const SparseSet& set1, const SparseSet& set2);
+
+	// Logical operators.
+	SparseSet& operator |= (const SparseSet& set) {or(set); return *this;}
+	SparseSet& operator &= (const SparseSet& set) {and(set); return *this;}
+	SparseSet& operator -= (const SparseSet& set) {difference(set); return *this;}
+
+	// Iterator to conform with the set API.
+	typedef Int32 iterator;
+	// Return the iterator for the first element of this set.
+	iterator begin() const {return count - 1;}
+	// Return the next iterator.
+	iterator advance(iterator pos) const {return --pos;}
+	// Return true if the iterator is at the end of the set.
+	bool done(iterator pos) const {return pos < 0;}
+	// Return the element for the given iterator;
+	Uint32 get(iterator pos) const {return node[pos].element;}
+	// Return one element of this set.
+	Uint32 getOne() const {assert(count > 0); return node[0].element;}
+	// Return the size of this set.
+	Uint32 getSize() const {return count;}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	// Print the set.
+	void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+};
+
+inline void SparseSet::clear(Uint32 element)
+{
+	checkMember(element);
+	Uint32 count = this->count;
+	Node* node = this->node;
+
+	Uint32 stackIndex = node[element].stackIndex;
+
+	if ((stackIndex < count) && (node[stackIndex].element == element)) {
+		Uint32 stackTop = node[count - 1].element;
+
+		node[stackIndex].element = stackTop;
+		node[stackTop].stackIndex = stackIndex;
+		this->count = count - 1;
+	}
+}
+
+inline void SparseSet::set(Uint32 element)
+{
+	checkMember(element);
+  	Uint32 count = this->count;
+	Node* node = this->node;
+
+	Uint32 stackIndex = node[element].stackIndex;
+
+	if ((stackIndex >= count) || (node[stackIndex].element != element)) {
+		node[count].element = element;
+		node[element].stackIndex = count;
+		this->count = count + 1;
+	}
+}
+
+inline bool SparseSet::test(Uint32 element) const
+{
+	checkMember(element);
+	Node* node = this->node;
+
+	Uint32 stackIndex = node[element].stackIndex;
+	return ((stackIndex < count) && (node[stackIndex].element == element));
+}
+
+inline SparseSet& SparseSet::operator = (const SparseSet& set)
+{
+	checkUniverseCompatibility(set);
+	Uint32 sourceCount = set.getSize();
+	Node* node = this->node;
+
+	memcpy(node, set.node, sourceCount * sizeof(Node));
+
+	for (Uint32 i = 0; i < sourceCount; i++) {
+		Uint32 element = node[i].element;
+		node[element].stackIndex = i;
+	}
+
+	count = sourceCount;
+
+	return *this;
+}
+
+
+inline SparseSet& SparseSet::operator = (const BitSet& set)
+{
+	// FIX: there's room for optimization here.
+	assert(universeSize == set.getSize());
+
+	clear();
+	for (Int32 i = set.firstOne(); i != -1; i = set.nextOne(i))
+		this->set(i);
+	return *this;
+}
+
+#endif // _SPARSE_SET_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Spilling.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef NEW_LAURENTM_CODE
+#define INCLUDE_EMITTER
+#include "CpuInfo.h"
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "ControlNodes.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "InstructionEmitter.h"
+#include "Spilling.h"
+
+
+void Spilling::
+insertSpillCode(ControlNode** dfsList, Uint32 nNodes)
+{
+  PRUint32 nVirtualRegisters = vRegManager.count();
+  FastBitSet currentLive(vRegManager.pool, nVirtualRegisters);
+  FastBitSet usedInThisInstruction(vRegManager.pool, nVirtualRegisters);
+  RegisterFifo grNeedLoad(nVirtualRegisters);
+  RegisterFifo fpNeedLoad(nVirtualRegisters);
+
+  for (PRInt32 n = nNodes - 1; n >= 0; n--)
+	{
+	  PR_ASSERT(grNeedLoad.empty() & fpNeedLoad.empty());
+	  ControlNode& node = *dfsList[n];
+
+	  currentLive = node.liveAtEnd;
+
+	  PRUint32 nGeneralAlive = 0;
+	  PRUint32 nFloatingPointAlive = 0;
+
+	  // Get the number of registers alive at the end of this node.
+	  for (PRInt32 j = currentLive.firstOne(); j != -1; j = currentLive.nextOne(j))
+		{
+		  VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(j);
+		  if (vReg.spillInfo.willSpill)
+			{
+			  currentLive.clear(j);
+			}
+		  else
+			{
+			  switch (vReg.getClass())
+				{
+				case vrcInteger:
+				  nGeneralAlive++;
+				  break;
+				case vrcFloatingPoint:
+				case vrcFixedPoint:
+				  nFloatingPointAlive++;
+				  break;
+				default:
+				  break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	  
+//		  if(node.dfsNum == 8) printf("\n________Begin Node %d________\n", node.dfsNum);
+
+		InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
+	  for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.retreat(i))
+		{
+		  Instruction&       instruction = instructions.get(i);
+		  InstructionUse*    useBegin    = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
+		  InstructionUse*    useEnd      = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+		  InstructionUse*    usePtr;
+		  InstructionDefine* defBegin    = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
+		  InstructionDefine* defEnd      = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+		  InstructionDefine* defPtr;
+
+//		if(node.dfsNum == 8)  { printf("\n");
+//		instruction.printPretty(stdout);
+//		printf("\n"); }
+
+		  // Handle definitions
+		  for (defPtr = defBegin; defPtr < defEnd; defPtr++)
+			if (defPtr->isVirtualRegister())
+			  {
+				VirtualRegister& vReg = defPtr->getVirtualRegister();
+				currentLive.clear(vReg.getRegisterIndex());
+				switch (vReg.getClass())
+				  {
+				  case vrcInteger:
+					nGeneralAlive--;
+					break;
+				  case vrcFloatingPoint:
+				  case vrcFixedPoint:
+					nFloatingPointAlive--;
+					break;
+				  default:
+					break;
+				  }
+			  }
+
+		  // Check for deaths
+		  for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+			if (usePtr->isVirtualRegister())
+			  {
+				VirtualRegister& vReg = usePtr->getVirtualRegister();
+				if (!currentLive.test(vReg.getRegisterIndex()))
+				  // This is the last use of this register.
+				  {
+					currentLive.set(vReg.getRegisterIndex());
+					switch (vReg.getClass())
+					  {
+					  case vrcInteger:
+						nGeneralAlive++;
+						while (/*(nGeneralAlive > NUMBER_OF_GREGISTERS) &&*/ !grNeedLoad.empty())
+						  {
+							PRUint32 toLoad = grNeedLoad.get();
+							currentLive.clear(toLoad);
+							nGeneralAlive--;
+							
+							VirtualRegister& nReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(toLoad);
+							Instruction& lastUsingInstruction = *nReg.spillInfo.lastUsingInstruction;
+							emitter.emitLoadAfter(*lastUsingInstruction.getPrimitive(), lastUsingInstruction.getLinks().prev,
+												  nReg.getAlias(), *nReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
+							nReg.releaseSelf();
+						  }
+						break;
+					  case vrcFloatingPoint:
+					  case vrcFixedPoint:
+						nFloatingPointAlive++;
+						while (/*(nFloatingPointAlive > NUMBER_OF_FPREGISTERS) &&*/ !fpNeedLoad.empty())
+						  {
+							PRUint32 toLoad = fpNeedLoad.get();
+							currentLive.clear(toLoad);
+							nFloatingPointAlive--;
+							
+							VirtualRegister& nReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(toLoad);
+							Instruction& lastUsingInstruction = *nReg.spillInfo.lastUsingInstruction;
+							emitter.emitLoadAfter(*lastUsingInstruction.getPrimitive(), lastUsingInstruction.getLinks().prev,
+												  nReg.getAlias(), *nReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
+							nReg.releaseSelf();
+						  }
+						break;
+					  default:
+						break;
+					  }
+				  }
+			  }
+
+		  // Handle uses
+		  for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+			if (usePtr->isVirtualRegister())
+			  {
+				VirtualRegister& vReg = usePtr->getVirtualRegister();
+				PRUint32 registerIndex = vReg.getRegisterIndex();
+
+				if (vReg.spillInfo.willSpill) {
+#if defined(GENERATE_FOR_X86)
+				  if (!instruction.switchUseToSpill((usePtr - useBegin), *vReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]))
+#endif
+					{
+					  switch (vReg.getClass())
+						{
+						case vrcInteger:
+						  if (!grNeedLoad.test(registerIndex))
+							{
+							  grNeedLoad.put(registerIndex);
+							  VirtualRegister& alias = vRegManager.newVirtualRegister(vrcInteger);
+							  if (vReg.isPreColored())
+								  alias.preColorRegister(vReg.getPreColor());
+							  /* if (vReg.hasSpecialInterference) {
+								  alias.specialInterference.sizeTo(NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS);
+								  alias.specialInterference = vReg.specialInterference;
+								  alias.hasSpecialInterference = true;
+							  } */
+							  vReg.setAlias(alias);
+							  vReg.retainSelf();
+							}
+						  break;
+						case vrcFloatingPoint:
+						case vrcFixedPoint:
+						  if (!fpNeedLoad.test(registerIndex))
+							{
+							  fpNeedLoad.put(registerIndex);
+							  VirtualRegister& alias = vRegManager.newVirtualRegister(vReg.getClass());
+							  if (vReg.isPreColored())
+								  alias.preColorRegister(vReg.getPreColor());
+							  /*if (vReg.hasSpecialInterference) {
+								  alias.specialInterference.sizeTo(NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS);
+								  alias.specialInterference = vReg.specialInterference;
+								  alias.hasSpecialInterference = true;
+							  } */
+							  vReg.setAlias(alias);
+							  vReg.retainSelf();
+							}
+						  break;
+						default:
+						  break;
+						}
+					  usePtr->getVirtualRegisterPtr().initialize(vReg.getAlias());
+					  usedInThisInstruction.set(registerIndex);
+					  vReg.spillInfo.lastUsingInstruction = &instruction;
+					}
+				  currentLive.clear(registerIndex);
+				} else { // will not spill
+				  currentLive.set(registerIndex);
+				}
+			  }
+		  
+		  // Handle definitions
+		  for (defPtr = defBegin; defPtr < defEnd; defPtr++)
+			if (defPtr->isVirtualRegister())
+			  {
+				VirtualRegister& vReg = defPtr->getVirtualRegister();
+				
+				if (vReg.spillInfo.willSpill)
+#if defined(GENERATE_FOR_X86)
+				  if (!instruction.switchDefineToSpill((defPtr - defBegin), *vReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]))
+#endif
+					{
+					  if (usedInThisInstruction.test(vReg.getRegisterIndex()))
+						// this virtualRegister was used in this instruction and is also defined. We need to move 
+						// this virtual register to its alias first and then save it to memory.
+						{
+						  emitter.emitStoreAfter(*instruction.getPrimitive(), &instruction.getLinks(), 
+												 vReg.getAlias(), *vReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
+						  defPtr->getVirtualRegisterPtr().initialize(vReg.getAlias());
+						}
+					  else
+						{
+						  emitter.emitStoreAfter(*instruction.getPrimitive(), &instruction.getLinks(), 
+												 vReg, *vReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
+						}
+					}
+			  }
+		}
+	  while (!grNeedLoad.empty())
+		{
+		  PRUint32 nl = grNeedLoad.get();
+		  VirtualRegister& nlReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(nl);
+		  Instruction& lastUse = *nlReg.spillInfo.lastUsingInstruction;
+		  
+		  emitter.emitLoadAfter(*lastUse.getPrimitive(), lastUse.getLinks().prev, 
+								nlReg.getAlias(), *nlReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
+		  nlReg.releaseSelf();
+		}
+	  while (!fpNeedLoad.empty())
+		{
+		  PRUint32 nl = fpNeedLoad.get();
+		  VirtualRegister& nlReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(nl);
+		  Instruction& lastUse = *nlReg.spillInfo.lastUsingInstruction;
+
+		  emitter.emitLoadAfter(*lastUse.getPrimitive(), lastUse.getLinks().prev, 
+								nlReg.getAlias(), *nlReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
+		  nlReg.releaseSelf();
+		}
+
+//	  if(node.dfsNum == 8) printf("\n________End Node %d________\n", node.dfsNum);
+
+	}
+}
+#endif

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Spilling.h

@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SPILLING_H_
+#define _SPILLING_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include <string.h>
+#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "ControlNodes.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "SparseSet.h"
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+class Spilling
+{
+private:
+	static void insertStoreAfter(Instruction& instruction, RegisterName name);
+	static void insertLoadBefore(Instruction& instruction, RegisterName name);
+
+public:
+	static void calculateSpillCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+	static void insertSpillCode(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+};
+
+struct SpillCost
+{
+	double loads;
+	double stores;
+	double copies;
+	double cost;
+	bool infinite;
+};
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void Spilling<RegisterPressure>::insertSpillCode(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+
+	Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
+	SparseSet currentLive(pool, rangeCount);
+	SparseSet needLoad(pool, rangeCount);
+	SparseSet mustSpill(pool, rangeCount);
+	SparseSet& willSpill = *registerAllocator.willSpill;
+	
+	ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
+	RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = registerAllocator.liveness.liveOut;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+
+		needLoad.clear();
+		currentLive = liveOut[n];
+		mustSpill = currentLive;
+
+		InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i);) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+			i = instructions.retreat(i);
+
+			InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			InstructionUse* usePtr;
+			InstructionDefine* defineBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			InstructionDefine* definePtr;
+
+			bool foundLiveDefine = false;
+			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++) 
+				if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
+					if (currentLive.test(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()])) {
+						foundLiveDefine = true;
+						break;
+					}
+				} else {
+					foundLiveDefine = true;
+					break;
+				}
+			if (defineBegin != defineEnd && !foundLiveDefine) {
+				fprintf(stderr, "!!! Removed instruction because it was only defining unused registers !!!\n");
+				instruction.remove();
+			}
+
+ 			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++) 
+				if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
+					RegisterName range = name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()];
+#ifdef DEBUG
+					if (needLoad.test(range))
+						if (!mustSpill.test(range) && registerAllocator.spillCost[range].infinite && willSpill.test(range)) {
+							fprintf(stderr, "Tried to spill a register with infinite spill cost\n");
+							abort();
+						}
+#endif // DEBUG
+					if (willSpill.test(range))
+						insertStoreAfter(instruction, range);
+
+					needLoad.clear(range);
+				}
+
+			if (instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy)
+				for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+					if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+						RegisterName range = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
+						if (!currentLive.test(range))
+							for (SparseSet::iterator r = needLoad.begin(); !needLoad.done(r); r = needLoad.advance(r)) {
+								RegisterName load = RegisterName(needLoad.get(r));
+								if (willSpill.test(load))
+									insertLoadBefore(instruction, load);
+								mustSpill.set(load);
+							}
+						needLoad.clear();
+					}
+
+			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++) 
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					currentLive.clear(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+
+
+			for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+					RegisterName range = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
+					currentLive.set(range);
+					needLoad.set(range);
+				}
+		}
+
+		for (SparseSet::iterator l = needLoad.begin(); !needLoad.done(l); l = needLoad.advance(l)) {
+			RegisterName load = RegisterName(needLoad.get(l));
+			if (willSpill.test(load))
+				insertLoadBefore(instructions.first(), load);
+		}		
+	}
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void Spilling<RegisterPressure>::insertLoadBefore(Instruction& /*instruction*/, RegisterName name)
+{
+	fprintf(stdout, "will insert load for range %d\n", name);
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void Spilling<RegisterPressure>::insertStoreAfter(Instruction& /*instruction*/, RegisterName name)
+{
+	fprintf(stdout, "will insert store for range %d\n", name);
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void Spilling<RegisterPressure>::calculateSpillCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+
+	Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
+	SparseSet live(pool, rangeCount);
+	SparseSet needLoad(pool, rangeCount);
+	SparseSet mustSpill(pool, rangeCount);
+
+	SparseSet alreadyStored(pool, rangeCount); // FIX: should get this from previous spilling.
+
+	SpillCost* cost = new SpillCost[rangeCount];
+	memset(cost, '\0', rangeCount * sizeof(SpillCost));
+
+	ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
+	RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = registerAllocator.liveness.liveOut;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
+
+		double weight = doLog10(node.loopDepth);
+
+		needLoad.clear();
+		live = liveOut[n];
+		mustSpill = live;
+
+		InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.retreat(i)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+			InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			InstructionUse* usePtr;
+			InstructionDefine* defineBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			InstructionDefine* definePtr;
+
+			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++) 
+				if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
+					RegisterName range = name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()];
+
+					if (needLoad.test(range))
+						if (!mustSpill.test(range))
+							cost[range].infinite = true;
+
+					if ((false /* !rematerializable(range) */ || !needLoad.test(range)) && !alreadyStored.test(range))
+						cost[range].stores += weight;
+
+					needLoad.clear(range);
+				}
+
+			if (instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy)
+				for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+					if (usePtr->isRegister())
+						if (!live.test(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()])) {
+							for (SparseSet::iterator l = needLoad.begin(); !needLoad.done(l); l = needLoad.advance(l)) {
+								Uint32 range = needLoad.get(l);
+								cost[range].loads += weight;
+								mustSpill.set(range);
+							}
+							needLoad.clear();
+						}
+
+			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++) 
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					live.clear(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+
+			for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+					RegisterName range = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
+
+					live.set(range);
+					needLoad.set(range);
+				}
+
+			if (instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) {
+				assert(useBegin != useEnd && useBegin[0].isRegister());
+				assert(defineBegin != defineEnd && defineBegin[0].isRegister());
+
+				RegisterName source = name2range[useBegin[0].getRegisterName()];
+				RegisterName destination = name2range[defineBegin[0].getRegisterName()];
+
+				cost[source].copies += weight;
+				cost[destination].copies += weight;
+			}			
+		}
+
+		for (SparseSet::iterator s = needLoad.begin(); !needLoad.done(s); s = needLoad.advance(s))
+			cost[needLoad.get(s)].loads += weight;
+	}
+	
+	for (Uint32 r = 0; r < rangeCount; r++) {
+		SpillCost& c = cost[r];
+		c.cost = 2 * (c.loads + c.stores) - c.copies;
+	}
+
+	registerAllocator.spillCost = cost;
+}
+
+#endif // _SPILLING_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Splits.h

@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SPLITS_H_
+#define _SPLITS_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include <string.h>
+#include "Pool.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "ControlNodes.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
+
+UT_EXTERN_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+struct Splits
+{
+	static void calculateSplitCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+	static bool findSplit(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* color, RegisterName range);
+	static void insertSplitCode(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+};
+
+struct SplitCost
+{
+	double loads;
+	double stores;
+};
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void Splits<RegisterPressure>::insertSplitCode(RegisterAllocator& /*registerAllocator*/)
+{
+	// FIX
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+bool Splits<RegisterPressure>::findSplit(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* color, RegisterName range)
+{
+	Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
+	NameLinkedList** neighborsWithColor = new(pool) NameLinkedList*[6]; // FIX
+	memset(neighborsWithColor, '\0', 6 * sizeof(NameLinkedList*));
+
+	InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>& iGraph = registerAllocator.iGraph;
+
+	for (InterferenceVector* vector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(range); vector != NULL; vector = vector->next)
+		for (Int32 i = vector->count - 1; i >=0; --i) {
+			RegisterName neighbor = vector->neighbors[i];
+			RegisterName c = color[neighbor];
+
+			if (c < 6) { // FIX
+				NameLinkedList* node = new(pool) NameLinkedList();
+				node->name = neighbor;
+				node->next = neighborsWithColor[c];
+				neighborsWithColor[c] = node;
+			}
+		}
+
+	bool splitAroundName = true;
+
+	LiveRangeGraph<RegisterPressure>& lGraph = registerAllocator.lGraph;
+	RegisterName bestColor = RegisterName(6); // FIX
+	double bestCost = registerAllocator.spillCost[range].cost;
+	SplitCost* splitCost = registerAllocator.splitCost;
+
+	for (RegisterName i = RegisterName(0); i < 6; i = RegisterName(i + 1)) { // FIX
+
+		double splitAroundNameCost = 0.0;
+		bool canSplitAroundName = true;
+
+		SplitCost& sCost = splitCost[range];
+		double addedCost = 2.0 * (sCost.stores + sCost.loads);
+
+		for (NameLinkedList* node = neighborsWithColor[i]; node != NULL; node = node->next) {
+			RegisterName neighbor = node->name;
+			if (lGraph.haveEdge(neighbor, range)) {
+				canSplitAroundName = false;
+				break;
+			} else
+				splitAroundNameCost += addedCost;
+		}
+		if (canSplitAroundName && splitAroundNameCost < bestCost) {
+			bestCost = splitAroundNameCost;
+			bestColor = i;
+			splitAroundName = true;
+		}
+
+		double splitAroundColorCost = 0.0;
+		bool canSplitAroundColor = true;
+
+		for (NameLinkedList* node = neighborsWithColor[i]; node != NULL; node = node->next) {
+			RegisterName neighbor = node->name;
+			if (lGraph.haveEdge(range, neighbor)) {
+				canSplitAroundColor = false;
+				break;
+			} else {
+				SplitCost& sCost = splitCost[neighbor];
+				double addedCost = 2.0 * (sCost.stores + sCost.loads);
+				splitAroundColorCost += addedCost;
+			}
+		}
+		if (canSplitAroundColor && splitAroundColorCost < bestCost) {
+			bestCost = splitAroundColorCost;
+			bestColor = i;
+			splitAroundName = false;
+		}
+ 	}
+	if (bestColor < RegisterName(6)) {
+		color[range] = bestColor;
+		registerAllocator.splitFound = true;
+
+		NameLinkedList** splitAround = registerAllocator.splitAround;
+
+		if (splitAroundName)
+			for (NameLinkedList* node = neighborsWithColor[bestColor]; node != NULL; node = node->next) {
+				NameLinkedList* newNode = new(pool) NameLinkedList();
+				newNode->name = node->name;
+				newNode->next = splitAround[range];
+				splitAround[range] = newNode;
+			}
+		else
+			for (NameLinkedList* node = neighborsWithColor[bestColor]; node != NULL; node = node->next) {
+				NameLinkedList* newNode = new(pool) NameLinkedList();
+				RegisterName neighbor = node->name;
+				newNode->name = range;
+				newNode->next = splitAround[neighbor];
+				splitAround[neighbor] = newNode;
+			}
+
+		trespass("Found a split");
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void Splits<RegisterPressure>::calculateSplitCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
+	Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+
+	SplitCost* splitCost = new(pool) SplitCost[rangeCount];
+	memset(splitCost, '\0', rangeCount * sizeof(SplitCost));
+
+	SparseSet live(pool, rangeCount);
+	RegisterPressure::Set* liveIn = registerAllocator.liveness.liveIn;
+	RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = registerAllocator.liveness.liveOut;
+
+	ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
+		double weight = doLog10(node.loopDepth);
+
+		live = liveOut[n];
+
+		ControlEdge* successorsEnd = node.getSuccessorsEnd();
+		for (ControlEdge* successorsPtr = node.getSuccessorsBegin(); successorsPtr < successorsEnd; successorsPtr++) {
+			ControlNode& successor = successorsPtr->getTarget();
+
+			if (successor.getControlKind() != ckEnd) {
+				RegisterPressure::Set& successorLiveIn = liveIn[successor.dfsNum];
+
+				for (SparseSet::iterator i = live.begin(); !live.done(i); i = live.advance(i)) {
+					RegisterName name = RegisterName(live.get(i));
+					if (!successorLiveIn.test(name))
+						splitCost[name].loads += doLog10(successor.loopDepth);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.retreat(i)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+			InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			InstructionUse* usePtr;
+			InstructionDefine* defineBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			InstructionDefine* definePtr;
+
+			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++) 
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					splitCost[name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]].stores += weight;
+
+			for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+					RegisterName range = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
+					if (!live.test(range)) {
+						if (&instruction != &instructions.last())
+							splitCost[range].loads += weight;
+						else {
+							ControlEdge* successorsEnd = node.getSuccessorsEnd();
+							for (ControlEdge* successorsPtr = node.getSuccessorsBegin(); successorsPtr < successorsEnd; successorsPtr++)
+								splitCost[range].loads += doLog10(successorsPtr->getTarget().loopDepth);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++) 
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					live.clear(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+
+			for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister())
+					live.set(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+		}
+	}
+
+	NameLinkedList** splitAround = new(pool) NameLinkedList*[rangeCount];
+	memset(splitAround, '\0', rangeCount * sizeof(NameLinkedList*));
+	registerAllocator.splitAround = splitAround;
+
+	registerAllocator.splitCost = splitCost;
+	registerAllocator.splitFound = false;
+}
+
+#endif // _SPLITS_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Timer.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "HashTable.h"
+#include "Timer.h"
+#include "Pool.h"
+
+static Pool pool;											// Pool for the Timer class.
+static HashTable<TimerEntry*> timerEntries(pool);			// Timers hashtable.
+
+const nTimersInABlock = 128;								// Number of timers in a block.
+static PRTime *timers = new(pool) PRTime[nTimersInABlock];	// A block of timers.
+static Uint8 nextTimer = 0;									// nextAvailableTimer.
+
+//
+// Calibrate the call to PR_Now().
+//
+static PRTime calibrate()
+{
+	PRTime t = PR_Now();
+	PRTime& a = *new(pool) PRTime();
+
+	// Call 10 times the PR_Now() function.
+	a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); 
+	a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); 
+	t = (PR_Now() - t + 9) / 10;
+
+	return t;
+}
+
+static PRTime adjust = calibrate();
+
+//
+// Return the named timer..
+//
+TimerEntry& Timer::getTimerEntry(const char* name)
+{
+	if (!timerEntries.exists(name)) {
+		TimerEntry* newEntry = new(pool) TimerEntry();
+		newEntry->accumulator = 0;
+		newEntry->running = false;
+		timerEntries.add(name, newEntry);
+	}
+
+	return *timerEntries[name];
+}
+
+//
+// Return a reference to a new timer.
+//
+PRTime& Timer::getNewTimer()
+{
+	if (nextTimer >= nTimersInABlock) {
+		timers = new(pool) PRTime[nTimersInABlock];
+		nextTimer = 0;
+	}
+	return timers[nextTimer++];
+}
+
+static Uint32 timersAreFrozen = 0;
+
+//
+// Start the named timer.
+//
+void Timer::start(const char* name)
+{
+	if (timersAreFrozen)
+		return;
+
+	freezeTimers();
+
+	TimerEntry& timer = getTimerEntry(name);
+	PR_ASSERT(!timer.running);
+
+	timer.accumulator = 0;
+	timer.running = true;
+	timer.done = false;
+
+	unfreezeTimers();
+}
+
+//
+// Stop the named timer.
+//
+void Timer::stop(const char* name)
+{
+	if (timersAreFrozen)
+		return;
+
+	freezeTimers();
+
+	TimerEntry& timer = getTimerEntry(name);
+	PR_ASSERT(timer.running);
+	timer.running = false;
+	timer.done = true;
+
+	unfreezeTimers();
+}
+
+//
+// Freeze all the running timers.
+//
+void Timer::freezeTimers()
+{
+	PRTime when = PR_Now() - adjust;
+
+	if (timersAreFrozen == 0) {
+		Vector<TimerEntry*> entries = timerEntries;
+		Uint32 count = entries.size();
+
+		for (Uint32 i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+			TimerEntry& entry = *entries[i];
+			if (entry.running) {
+				entry.accumulator += (when - *entry.startTime);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	timersAreFrozen++;
+}
+ 
+//
+// Unfreeze all the running timers.
+//
+void Timer::unfreezeTimers()
+{
+	PR_ASSERT(timersAreFrozen != 0);
+	timersAreFrozen--;
+
+	if (timersAreFrozen == 0) {
+		Vector<TimerEntry *> entries = timerEntries;
+		Uint32 count = entries.size();
+		
+		PRTime& newStart = getNewTimer();
+		
+		for (Uint32 i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+			TimerEntry& entry = *entries[i];
+			if (entry.running) {
+				entry.startTime = &newStart;
+			}
+		}
+		
+		newStart = PR_Now();
+	}
+}
+
+//
+// Print the named timer in the file f.
+//
+void Timer::print(FILE* f, const char *name)
+{
+	if (timersAreFrozen)
+		return;
+
+	freezeTimers();
+
+	TimerEntry& timer = getTimerEntry(name);
+  
+	PR_ASSERT(timer.done);
+	PRTime elapsed = timer.accumulator;
+
+	if (elapsed >> 32) {
+		fprintf(f, "[timer %s out of range]\n", name);
+	} else {
+		fprintf(f, "[%dus in %s]\n", Uint32(elapsed), name);
+	}
+	fflush(f);
+
+	unfreezeTimers();
+}
+

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Timer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TIMER_H_
+#define _TIMER_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "HashTable.h"
+#include "prtime.h"
+
+//
+// Naming convention:
+//  As the class Timer contains only static methods, the timer's name should start with the 
+//  module name. Otherwise starting 2 timers with the same name will assert.
+//
+
+#ifndef NO_TIMER
+
+struct TimerEntry
+{
+	PRTime *startTime;					// Current time when we start the timer.
+	PRTime accumulator;					// Time spent in this timer.
+	bool running;						// True if the timer is running.
+	bool done;							// True if the timer was running and was stopped. 
+};
+
+class Timer
+{
+private:
+
+	// Return the named timer.
+	static TimerEntry& getTimerEntry(const char* name);
+	// Return a reference to a new Timer.
+	static PRTime& getNewTimer();
+
+public:
+
+	// Start the timer.
+	static void start(const char* name);
+	// Stop the timer.
+	static void stop(const char* name);
+	// Freeze all the running timers.
+	static void freezeTimers();
+	// Unfreeze all the running timers.
+	static void unfreezeTimers();
+	// Print the timer.
+	static void print(FILE* f, const char *name);
+};
+
+inline void startTimer(const char* name) 		{Timer::start(name);}
+inline void stopTimer(const char* name) 		{Timer::stop(name); Timer::print(stdout, name);}
+#define START_TIMER_SAFE						Timer::freezeTimers();
+#define END_TIMER_SAFE							Timer::unfreezeTimers();
+#define TIMER_SAFE(x)							START_TIMER_SAFE x; END_TIMER_SAFE
+
+#else /* NO_TIMER */
+
+inline void startTimer(const char* /*name*/) 	{} 
+inline void stopTimer(const char* /*name*/) 	{} 
+#define START_TIMER_SAFE
+#define END_TIMER_SAFE
+#define TIMER_SAFE(x)							x;
+
+#endif /* NO_TIMER */
+#endif /* _TIMER_H_ */

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/VirtualRegister.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "VirtualRegister.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// VirtualRegister -
+
+#ifdef MANUAL_TEMPLATES
+template class IndexedPool<VirtualRegister>;
+#endif
+
+// Set the defining instruction.
+//
+void VirtualRegister::setDefiningInstruction(Instruction& instruction)
+{
+	if (definingInstruction != NULL) {
+		if ((instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) && (definingInstruction->getFlags() & ifPhiNode))
+			return;
+	}
+	definingInstruction = &instruction;
+}
+

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/VirtualRegister.h

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUAL_REGISTER_H_
+#define _VIRTUAL_REGISTER_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "IndexedPool.h"
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "RegisterTypes.h"
+#include "RegisterClass.h"
+
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// VirtualRegister - 24b
+
+class Instruction;
+
+class VirtualRegister : public IndexedObject<VirtualRegister>
+{
+public:
+
+	Instruction*					definingInstruction;	// Instruction defining this VR.
+
+	// Initialize a VR of the given classKind.
+	VirtualRegister(RegisterClassKind /*classKind*/) : definingInstruction(NULL) {}
+
+	// Return the defining instruction for this VR.
+	Instruction* getDefiningInstruction() const {return definingInstruction;}
+	// Set the defining instruction.
+	void setDefiningInstruction(Instruction& insn);
+};
+
+// Return true if the VirtualRegisters are equals. The only way 2 VRs can be equal is if
+// they have the same index. If they have the same index then they are at the same
+// address in the indexed pool.
+//
+inline bool operator == (const VirtualRegister& regA, const VirtualRegister& regB) {return &regA == &regB;}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// VirtualRegisterManager -
+
+struct PreColoredRegister
+{
+	RegisterID id;
+	RegisterName color;
+};
+
+class VirtualRegisterManager
+{
+private:
+
+	IndexedPool<VirtualRegister> registerPool;
+	PreColoredRegister machineRegister[6];
+
+public:
+	VirtualRegisterManager()
+		{
+			for (Uint32 i = 0; i < 6; i++)
+				machineRegister[i].id = invalidID;
+		}
+
+	// Return the VirtualRegister at the given index.
+	VirtualRegister& getVirtualRegister(RegisterName name) const {return registerPool.get(name);}
+
+	// Return a new VirtualRegister.
+	RegisterID newVirtualRegister(RegisterClassKind classKind)
+		{
+			VirtualRegister& vReg = *new(registerPool) VirtualRegister(classKind);
+			RegisterID rid;
+
+			setName(rid, RegisterName(vReg.getIndex()));
+			setClass(rid, classKind);
+			return rid;
+		}
+
+	RegisterID newMachineRegister(RegisterName name, RegisterClassKind classKind)
+		{
+			RegisterID rid = machineRegister[name].id;
+
+			if (rid == invalidID) {
+				rid = newVirtualRegister(classKind);
+				DEBUG_ONLY(setMachineRegister(rid));
+				machineRegister[name].id = rid;
+				machineRegister[name].color = name;
+			}
+
+			return rid;
+		}
+
+	PreColoredRegister* getMachineRegistersBegin() const {return (PreColoredRegister*) machineRegister;} // FIX
+	PreColoredRegister* getMachineRegistersEnd() const {return (PreColoredRegister*) &machineRegister[6];} // FIX
+
+	// Return the VirtualRegister universe size.
+	Uint32 getSize() {return registerPool.getSize();}
+
+	void setSize(Uint32 size) {registerPool.setSize(size);}
+};
+
+#endif // _VIRTUAL_REGISTER_H_